Im 7serviceaircompressorpdf PDF Free

/OlasCopco
Service Air Compressor

Final Drawings & Instruction Manual
(HN-1274/1275/1276/1277)
SEC. NO. SHIP DESIGN OFFICE SHIP TYPE

C3D6 SHIP OUTFITTING DESIGN DEPT No.2 6,800 TEU CLASS CONTAINER CARRIER
TEL. NO. SHIP NO. SHIP NAME

3709 1274 P & O NEDLLOYD STUYVESANT
S. K. KIM NAME OF DRAWING

APPROVED
CHECKED J. 1. CHOI SERVICE AIR COMPRESSOR
DRAWN
DATE 2000.11.21 SCALE DRAWING NO.
/ 6U-2844-172
HYUNDAI HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD CONSOLIDATED NO.
z\ ULSAN SHIPYARD. KOREA IM-7

/SdasCopco
Service Air Compressor

Final Drawings & Instruction Manual
(HN-1274/1275/1276/1277)
Atlas Copco Air Power N.V.

PROJECT ; 1274-7 VEND.TEL. : 02-522-4017 PAGE
kir^/^nio on
vciNUun o rniiNi IINUCA a. ooncuuLc
SECL HANDLER : B.S. CHAE. VEND. HANDLER : I.J. LEE ^
NO. OF EQIPMENT NO. OF DWG. & DOCUMENT FOR USE For Approval For Working Finished plan
NO NAME OF EQUI'P NAME OF PRINT FORM & NO. 150 IOC 7C REMARKS
REQ'D BY HHI ISSUED BY VENDOR T.L S.Z IN OUT OUT IN
S 12/24
1 A4
AIR COMPRESSOR SCOPE OF WORK A 3/1 6/28 11/2 12/11
S 12/24
2 A4
TECHNICAL DATA SHEET A 3/1 6/28 11/2 12/11
S 12/24
3 A4
ELETRIC MOTOR DATA SHEET A 3/1 6/28 11/2 12/11
S 12/24
4 A4
NOISE LEVEL CURVE A 3/1 6/28 11/2 12/11
S 12/24
5 A4
PERFORMANCE TEST PROCEDURE A 3/1 6/28 11/2 12/11
S 12/24
6 A4
SPARE PART LIST A 3/1 6/28 11/2 12/11
S 12/24
7 CERTIFICATE FOR YEAR 2000 A4
3/1 6/28 11/2 12/11
COMPLIANCE A
S 12/24
8 A4
PAINTING SCHEDULE A 3/1 6/28 11/2 12/11
S 12/24
9 A4
COMPONENT LIST A 3/1 6/28 11/2 12/11
S 12/24
10 A4
P&ID A 3/1 6/28 11/2 12/11
DATE FOR USE FORM & NO. LEGEND ABBREVIATION
JiaaaCbpeo Atlas Copco Mfg. Korea Co., Ltd.
R : REPRODUCIBLE
S:SCHEDULE P : PRELIMINARY R ; REPRODUCIBLE T.L. : TIME LIMIT
A ACTUAL A : APPROVAL P : COPY S.Z. : SIZE OF DWG 0 2
F ; FINAL 1 3
PROJECT : 1274-7 VEND.TEL. : 02-522-4017 PAGE
\r\ni r>
vciNUVjn o rniiNi IINUCA a ov^ncuuL-c
SECL HANDLER : B.S. CHAE. VEND. HANDLER : I.J. LEE 2^2
NO. OF EQIPMENT NO. OF DWG. & DOCUMENT FOR USE For Approval For Working Finished plan
NO NAME OF EOUI'P NAME OF PRINT FORM & NO. 15C IOC 7C REMARKS
REQ'D BY HHI ISSUED BY VENDOR T.L S.Z IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT
S 12/24
1 A4
AIR COMPRESSOR INSTALLATION PROPOSAL A 3/1 6/28 11/2 12/11
S 12/24
2 A4
DIEMENSION DRAWING A 3/1 6/28 11/2 12/11
S 12/24
3 A4
ELECTRIC WIRING DRAWING A 3/1 6/28 11/2 12/11
•s 12/24
4 A4
INSTRUCTION BOOK A 3/1 6/28 11/2 12/11
S 12/24
5 A4
USER MANUAL FOR EL. REGULATOR A 3/1 6/28 11/2 12/11
S 12/24
6 A4
ir SPARE PART BOOK A 3/1 6/28 11/2 12/11
10
DATE FOR USE FORM & NO. • LEGEND ABBREVIATION

R; /IdasCopeo Atlas Copco Mfg. Korea Co., Ltd.
REPRODUCIBLE
S:SCHEDULE R : REPRODUCIBLE T.L. : TIME LIMIT
P : PRELIMINARY . S.Z. : SIZE OF DWG 0 2
A:ACTUAL P : COPY
A : APP KUVAL
F : FINA L 1 3
1. SCOPE OF WORK
TO BE DONE BY
WORKS
HHI ATLAS COPCO
Manufacturing & fabrication o

Witness Inspection q
Delivery to F.O.B. at Antwerp o
Sea freight O
Custom clearance O
Delivery to purchaser's job site on trucl< o

Unloading o
Installation o
Foundation o
Pipings
- Air piping to connect from air

compressor outlet up to the using point o
- All condensate water drain pipings
of each equipments.
Electric cabling and wiring
- Main power 440V / 3Ph / 60Hz

cabling up to control cubicle
o
Utility (electricity, cooling water)

supply o
Start up commissioning o ( If required )
Training for operators O ( If required )
Supply Item
* 4 X GA45W-125-60/E HAV
/tOasCbpCO INDUSTRIAL AIR DIVISION
Stationary compressors : GA 45W-125 psi / 60Hz Watercooled

AML : Principal data
Reference conditions
1. Absolute inlet pressure bar 1
2. Relative air humidity % 0
3. Air inlet temperature °C 20
4. Effective working pressure bar 8.6
5. Motor shaft speed r/min 3565
6. Oil type
7. Cooling water inlet temperature . t; 36
8. Setpoint thermostatic valve °C 40
Limitations for operations

1. Maximum effective working pressure bar 9.1
2. Minimum effective working pressure bar 4
3. Maximum allowable inlet temperature °C 50
4. Minimum ambient temperature °C 0
5. Maximum cooling water temperature at outlet °c 50
6. Maximum effective cooling water inlet pressure bar 5
Performance data compressor (1)

I. Free Air Delivery (2)
at reference conditions 1/s
at effective working pressure stated
- (Standard) Pack 9.1 bar 1/s 115.5
2. Power data
2.1. Performance data based on shaft input
2.1.1. Shaft power input
at reference conditions
- (Standard) Pack kW 46
- (Standard) Pack 9.1 bar kW 47.3
-(Standard) Pack 4.0 bar kW 35.8
2.1.2. Specific Energy Requirement
- (Standard) Pack J/1
- (Standard) Pack 9.1 bar J/1 410
- (Standard) Pack 8.0 bar J/I 383
- (Standard) Pack 4.0 bar J/I 297
2.1.3. Shaft input at no load kW 9.8
2.2. Performance based on packaged compressor (electrical) power input
2.2.1. Power input
- (Standard) Pack kW 49.5
2.2.2. Specific Energy Requirement (2)

- (Standard) Pack J/1 426
2.2.3. Power input at no load (2) kW 12.0
3. Compressed air temperature at outlet valve TC 29.0
4. Typical oil content of compressed air mg/m' 2.5
5. Mean sound pressure level (2) dB(A) 70
- Standard Pack dB(A) 67
-Pack
6. Recommended cooling water flow

Cooling water inlet temperature Twin
CooUng water temperature rise over cooling water circuit dTw
6.1. Twin < 35 'C and dTw = 15 °C 1/min 47
6.2 35 °C < Twin < 40 t and dTw = 10 °C 1/min 70
7. Maximum pressure drop over cooling water circuit bar 0.1
Design data (1)

Compressor
1. Number of compression stages 1
2. Male rotor speed r/min 3763
Motors
1. Drive motor efficiency at full load 93.0 %
at no load 82.0 %
Unit
1. Oil capacity (approx.) 1 17.9
2. Cooling air flow drive motor mVs 0.33
3. Dimension of compressed air outlet valve (threaded) G 11/2
4. Dimension of cooling water inlet and outlet pipes (threaded) IS07-R 11/4
5. Condensate drainpipes
- Manual drain OD / ID mm/mm 6/4
- Automatic drain OD / ID mm/mm 8/5.5
6. Electrical cable passage PG 48
7. Canopy dimensions
- Length mm 1713
-Width mm 903
- Height mm 1670
8. Net n\ass (approx.)
- Standard Pack kg 1040
- Pack kg 1070
9. Shipping dimensions
- Length m 1.9
- Width m 1.15
- Height m 1.9
10. Shipping volume (approx.) m3 4.2
11. Shipping mass (approx.)
11.1. Europe
- Pack kg 1140
11.2. Overseas
- Pack kg 1270
(1) Unless otherwise stated, at reference conditions

All values given with a tolerance according to specified
codes are guaranteed; all other values are to be considered typical.
(2) Data Code Tolerance Code Tolerance

Free Air DeUvery ISO 1217 ed. 1996 5%
Specific Energy Requirement ISO 1217 ed. 1996 6%
Power consumption at zero flow ISO 1217 ed. 1996 20%
Mean sound level PNEUROP PN8NTC2.2 2 dB
The international ISO 1217 ed. 1996 standard refers to following standards :
- ISO 5167 - British BS1571 Part 2
- ISO 9300 - American ASME PTC9
- German DIN 1950
AIRPOWER
1080 2962 00 AIR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION AFOELING /blasCopcO
STANDAARCHSATIE
B)ad / page Uitgave / edition Datum / date
\
2(2) 1 1998-08-13
\
, Type 02 i
Technical data Connecting leads :

• Length: L = 1000, •5(V-0
• Sections:
Un > 380 V and 6 leads : 16 mm^
Marking : T1, T2,13,14, T5. T6
Un < 380 V and 6 leads : 25 mm^
Marking : T7 -> T12 (2x6 leads)
Un > < 220 V and 12 leads : 10 mm^
+ 1 green/yellow earthing lead
%.
"N*: Hole for nipple, Designed, built, tested and certtfied

with grommet in fancowl hole. according to tlê applicable
EC Directives
Common data
Type: 1 LA9 209-2BA.1 ^.,

Mounting arrangement: IM 3001 + support Moment of inertia J = 0,208 kgm^
Mass : 237 kg Bearings - D end : 6212ZC4
Equipped with regreasing device ace. to N e n d : 6212 ZC4
DIN 3404 AM 1 0 x 1 Painting : RAL 7030
Insulation class ; F Balanced with full key

MOTOR DATA SHEET
Type Siemens 1LA9 209-2 # Voltage tolerance 10 %

# 6 leads marked Tl to T6 + 1 earthing lead
# Heating element 230V, 100W with wires
Article Number 1080 2962 15 1.5 mm^ , length = 1500mm, marked 50-2
# 6 thermistors, 4 leads 1.5mm^ , length =
P 1500mm, marked 98-99 : warning, 96-97 :
45
(kW)
shut-down
SerV. # Marine execution according to Llyods
1.15
(fact.) Register of shipping, wiring : fire retardant
according IEC332-1
U
440 D # Button head type Grease nipple according
(V)
DIN 3404
f
60
(Hz)
n
3570
(r/min)
IN
72
(A)
II
1090
(%)
eft.
93.0
(%)
Cos
0.84
(phi)
TN
120
(Nm)
TL
370
(%)
IP 55
KT
50
(°c)
Diagram:
MtlasCopco Date: 13/10/1998
Sign: FTN
COMPRESSOR: GA45 -100/125/150 - Pack

Microphone Distance: 1 m - Operator's Position
Sound Pressure level in band Place: FREE FIELD

dB ref 20 micro Pascal Instrument: B&K Sound Intensity
System
NOISE ANALYSIS IN 1/1 - OCTAVE BANDS
31.5 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 dB(A)

Octave Band Centre Frequency (Hz)
Legend:
Sound Pressure Level at Operator's Position according PN8NTC2.2 code using ISO 9614/2 (Intensity
scanning).
(*) Applicable to 100 & 125 & 150 PSI / 60 Hz / Pack & Full Feature / Air cooled & Water cooled
The unit is running at normal rated speed and pressure.
:Eventual noise from discharge line, accessories and/or ancillary equipment is not included !
Prime mover: Siemens

Performance Test Procedure
for
GA 5 up to 90
Stationary Oil Injected Screwcompressors
This procedure has been set up by CF3-LVDV only for customer inspection. It is based on internal
woridng documents, which in case of differences will take precedence over this procedure. This
procedure is subject to modifications and it is not allowed to be used as a contractual requirement
unless specifically agreed upon for a particular contract. Acceptance criteria are either part of the
contract or internal. They will be clarified as thefirstpoint during the witness test.
Distribution Author Approved by Approved by

CF3-LVDV CF CFP-WC
Summary
1. PURPOSE 3
2. REFERENCES 3
3. APPLICATION AREA 3
4. GENERAL. 3
4 . 1 . PREPARATION ON THE PRODUCTION LINE 3
4 . 2 . LINE BUFFER 3
4 . 3 . COMPRESSOR IDENTIFICATION 3
4.4. TRANSPORT 3
4.5. MANUAL PREPARATION IN TEST CELL 3
5. TEST-CYCLES 4
5.1. SAFETY VALVE TEST 4
5.1.1. Purpose 4
5.1.2. Procedure 4
5.1.3. Rejection limits 5
5.2. MINIMUM PRESSURE VALVE TEST (MPV) 5
5.2.1. Purpose 5
5.2.2. Procedure.... 5
5.3. FULL LOAD TEST 5
5.3.1. Purpose ....5
5.3.2. Procedure 5
5.4. NO-LOAD TEST ; 6
5.4.1. Purpose 6
5.4.2. Procedure 6
5.5. TEST REPORT 6
5.6. FINISHING ; 6
6. MISCELLANEOUS 6
6.1. PRODUCT VARIANTS 6
Description of test procedure, in function of the testing of a standard product.
2. References
• ISO 1217
• Engineering instructions
3, Application Area
• All screw compressors starting from GAS up to GA90 built in the Industrial
Air Division in Wilrijk.
4. General.
A maximum of preparation is done on the assembly line, whereas measuring of the
compressor can be given priority in the test cell.
4.1. Preparation on the production line

The preparation consists of:
• CE-Control
• Download of the Elektronicon module with test setting
• Display-test Elektronicon module
• Functional tests of operations of the contactors
• Functional tests of the compressor-sensors
• Oil filling
• Connections for:
• Outlet flexible
• Vessel-pressure sensor
The electro-pneumatic groups don't have a elektronicon module, so that
downloading, display test and functional test of the contactors and sensors are not
executed.
4.2. Line buffer

The operator programs a transponder with compressor serial number and places the
unit on the buffer zone "ready for test".
4.3. Compressor identification.

The Gateway-PC is taking care of the exact test data, test cycles, voltage and power
available in the test cell.
4.4. Transport.
The transfer shuttle is regulating the transport between the end of line buffers, test cells
and packing line. All transport commands are realised by the Gateway.
4.5. Manual preparation in test cell

The operator controls the compressor on his skills, connect the compressor on the
measuring and regulating system, i.e.:
MEASURE- OR PLACE
REGULATING SYSTEM
Speed sensor Measured on the axle of the motor
Vessel sensor Drawn on the oil filling stop of the receiver
Inlet temperature sensor Connected on the grating where the air is entering
the compressor
Element temperature sensor On the pack and full features units the integrated
PTl 0 0 is connected on the measuring system. In
case of a standard pack, the element temperature is
read of the temperature switch on the cubicle and
directed in the test PC
Power measurement Electrical measurement via power supply cables
Remote Control This connector is connected to the elektronicon
module and enables the compressor to function via
the computer system
The operator verifies the data of the compressor passport with test information and
when this is OK he switches on the power supply.
5^ Test-cycles.
The cycle, which is mentioned hereunder, has been set by the system and must
be completely processed by every compressor.
All measurements are continuously executed and the compressor will be
stopped when one or more alarm signals are exceeded.
Reference conditions, rejection and alarm values will be applied as they are set
by the product responsible of Engineering.
When test results are satisfying all criteria of engineering the machine will be
approved.
When during test an alarm value will be exceeded or when minimum one of the
test results is not satisfying the criteria of engineering, the machine will be sent
to the repair department for analysis and repair.
5. /. Safety valve test
5.1.1. Purpose
Tests of:
• Correct working of valve
• Measurement of opening pressure of safety valve.
5.1.2. Procedure
• Start the compressor and wait until the correct speed has been reached.
• Close the outlet valve
• Let the vessel pressure mount until the safety valve blows off
• Stop the compressor by means of the emergency stop (test emergency stop circuit)
• Measure the pressure in the vessel
• Keep the outlet valve closed and check the whole system for leaks
• After control reset the emergency stop circuit and blow off the pressure
.^•/•3. Rejection limits
The safety valve has to open between the leak pressure and the max. opening pressure
as set in the Engineering instruction 9820 0729 00.
SiZ Minimum pressure valve teat (MPV)
5.2.1. Purpose.
To check if the vessel pressure is sufficient when running loaded against an open outlet
valve and a non-pressured compressor net.
5.2.2. Procedure
• Start the compressor and wait until the correct pressure has been reached (about 6
7 bar)
• Open the outlet valve completely so that the unit blows off in the atmosphere
• Measure the receiver pressure after 10 seconds.
5.2.3. Rejection limits

Rejection limits are set by engineering and mentioned in document of test data
(rejection limits)
H Full I.oad test
5.3.1. Purpose
Measuring of;
• Air Flow.
• Power usage.
• Specific Energy Requirement.
5.3.2. Procedure
• Run the compressor in Full Load at maximum working pressure
• Stabilise the compressor (compressor is on temperature with a constant flow)
• Final measurement
MEASUREMENT PLACE OF MEASUREMENT
1 Environmental conditions : In the cell
Temperature, barometer, humidity
2 Inlet temperature Inlet grating of the compressor.
3 Outlet pressure Outlet unit
4 Measurement of Flow In cell
5 Electrical Power Power supply cables in the
regulating locker
6 Element temperature Element
7 Dewpoint(Only when dryer included) sensor in dryer
8 Speed Optical eye on motor axle
5.3.3. Rejection Ijrpifs

Rejection limits are set up by engineering and AML data.
5^ No-load test
5.4.1. Purpose
Check of the power usage and vessel pressure during no load conditions.
5.4.2. Procedure
• Start the compressor
• Run the compressor with closed unloader
• Measure power and vessel pressure
5.4.3. Rejection limits

Engineering instructions according to motor information
5.5. Test report

After acceptance test, a report is printed mentioning information concerning test
procedure and test results. It contains the foUowing items :
• Where, by whom and where the compressor is tested
• Technical data concerning the compressor
• Information of the environmental conditions and used reference conditions
• An overview of the used (calculated) correction factors
• A comparison between measured and guaranteed values and a clear indication if the
tests where OK or NOK
• Download information in case the unit is in disposal of an elektronicon module.
5.6. Finishing.
Finishing exists of:
• Programming elektronicon module with :
• customer settings (languages)
• safety settings
• Functional working of the unit in local mode
• Disconnect from the test installation
6. Miscellaneous
6.1. Product variants.

Above mentioned testing cycle is mentioning only groups with elektronicon module as
internal regulating unit. As for testing of the unit this is not necessary, so that electro-
pneumatic as well as units without cubicle can be tested.
Referring to other variants, following items can be possible :
• Air- or water-cooled units
• Testing of options or help contacts which needing regulating voltage
• VSD units, following items of the test cycle can be deducted :
• minimum pressure valve test
• no-load test.
JtdasCopco
Spare Part List
No Part No. Description Q'ty Part list section/Ref.no

1 1613 7407 00 Inlet air filter 1 14/2020
2 1613 6105 00 Oil filter 1 6/1190
3 2901 0566 00 Oil s e p a r a t o r 1 5 / 1090+ 3035
4 2901 0218 00 Min. p r e s s v/v kit 1 5 , 23/
5 2901 0211 00 Unloader v/v kit 1 1 . 23/
Registration code
Colleclion: APCG5-I0/'98
Tab: 30
/ttiasCopco Sequence: 993
Registration code
Collection: APCGll-22 APC G30-45/'98 APC G55-75/'96 APC G VSD/'98
Tab: 30 30 30 30
Sequence: 993 993 992 999
Replaces Printed Matter No. 2933 3679 00 Reg. Code APC G11 -22 / 30 / 995
Elektronikon products 1999-02

AHB: Certificate for 'Year 2 0 0 0 ' compliance
Certificate for * Year 2000* compliance
We,
Atlas Copco Airpower N.V.

Boomsesteenweg 957
B2610Wilrijk
Belgium
herewith certify that our ELEKTRONIKON® products from the 1*, T^, and 3"*
generation are Year 2000 - compliant.
Herman Matthyssen
Marketing Manager
Industrial Air Division
2933 3679 01
/tOasCopeo Atlas Copco Mfg. Korea Co., Ltd.
Stationary compressor: GA45w-125-60/E HAV

AHB : Paint specifications
Standard paint and finishing specifications for exteerior surfaces
1. Canopy and starter - regulator cubicle

1.1 Material preparation:
1) Hot Alkalic degreasing
2) Zinc phosphatation
1.2 Finish
AC ref. 17-4001-40
- Paint type polyester powder enamel
- Paint process electrostatic powder coating
- Color MimseU code none
RAL code : 6019
- Drying process oven baking
- Film fhickness 60 to 100 micron
2. Frames
2.1 Material preparation
1) Hot Alkalic degrea sing
2) Pickling
2.2 Primer
AC ref. 17-4452-00
- Paint type modified alkyd melamine
- Paint process conventional spray painting
- Color red-brown
MxinseU code : 1.25 YR 3.2/5
RAL code : none
- Drying process air drying
- Film thickness min. 25 micron
2.3 Finish
AC ref. 17-4035-00
- Paint type acrylate based enamel
- Paint process conventional spray painting
- Color black
MunseU code : Nl
: RAL code : 9011
- Solvent toluene
- Drying process : air drying
- Filmthickness min. 35 micron
EST 01-7011 / 1 0 / TX10
PAINT DESCRIPTION
A.C. material number 17400140
Approved supplier paint code EST 01-7011/10/TX 10
Color ace. To reference sheet grey-structure
RAL code 6019
Paint type polyester powder
Composition in %
pigment 3.16
filler 29.44
polyester 60.85
hardener 4.58
sdditives 1.96
Density (DIN 55990/3) 1.60 (white)
Melting point (Kofler)t; 85-110
C o m seize (DIN 55990/2) 0 % > 100 fm, 50-60 % > 36j:an
SPECIFICATIONS
Film thickness in micron 60 to 100
Tests :
- hardness (Pendell 12 - 6°) 128 - 208 s (PERSOZ)
- gloss Gardner 60° 5 - 20 %
- immersion after 500 h (ASTM D 870-87) no peelingodd or infiltration; labels
good adhesion
- bending test (ASTM D 522 - 85) no bursts
- adhesion scratch (DIN 53151) GtO-1
- open air exposure after 6 months exposure no formation of rust
in the sheet and max. 2 mm formation of blisters
at the edges; no loss of colour,
- salt spray (ASTM B 117) max. 2 m m formation of bUters at the edges
and 4 m m infiltration in cross after 240 h test,
- W.O.M test (ASTM D 626 - 70 ) after 400 h
: no loss of colour - adhesion Gt 0 - 1
- Kestemich test (DIN 50018 SFW 2.0S) after min 7 cycU : no loss of colour; Gt 0 - 1
- Resistance against splvents after 10 min immersion : no loss of colour
- Temperature resistance (72 h at 100°) no loss of colour or of adhesion
- Blocking test after 400 h
: no loss of colour; adhesion Gt 0 - 1
- Freezing test coating has to be intact after splitting.
RED BROWN PRIMER
PAINTT DESCRIPTION
A.C. material number 174452 00
Approved supplier paint code Levis 767 -1419
Color ace. To reference sheet red - brown
Approximately
- Mxmsell code 1.25 YR 3.2/5
- RAL code no code
Paint type air drying modified aUcyd melamine
Solvent toluene
SPECinCATIONS
Film thickness in micron min. 25
Tests :
- hardness (Pendell 12 - 6°) 170 - 210 s (Persoz)
- bend test (ASTM D 522 - 85) cracking u p to max. diameter 20 m m
- gloss Gardner 60° 5 -10 %
- water immersion (ASTM D 870-87) 500 h : no peeling off or infiltration
- salt spray (ASTM B 117 - 85) max 2 m m formation of bliters at the edges
and 4 m m cross infiltration after 240 h. test
- Temperature resistance after 72 h. at 100 °C
: no loss of colour-adhesion Gt 0 - 1
- Resistance against oil (ASTM 1 and 3) after 72 h. at 8013 : no loss of coloxir
- Resistance against fule and solvents after 10 min. submersion at room temperature
(alkaUc degreaser with pH 11, not affected
1.1.1-trichorethane, toluene)
- W.O.M test (ASTM D 626 - 70) after 200 h
- Kestemich test (DIN 50018 SFW 2.0S) after min 4 cycU
- open air exposure after 6 months open air exposition at A . C ,
no formation of rust in the sheet and max. 2 m m
formation of blisters at theedges, no loss of colou;
or of gloss
REMARKS aU fys. And chem. Tests to be carried out 8 days

after painting
BLACK AIR DRYING ENAMEL
PAINT DESCRIPTION
A.C. material number 174035 00
Approved supplier paint code Levis 747 -1337
Color ace. To reference sheet black, dull
Approximately
- MunseU code Nl
- RAL code 9011
- BS code BS 381C/642
Paint type air drying enamel on acrylate base
Solvent toluene
SPECinCATIONS
Film thickness in micron min. 35
Tests :
- hardness (PendeU 12 - 6°) 100 - 140 s (Persoz)
- bend test (ASTM D 522 - 85) cracking u p to max. diameter 20 m m
- gloss Gardner 60° 20 - 25 %
- water immersion (ASTM D 870-87) 1000 h : no peeling off or infiltration
- salt spray (ASTM B 117 - 85) max. 2 m m formation of bliters at the edge
and 4 m m cross infiltration after 336 h. test
- Temperature resistance after 72 h. at 100 °C
: no losing of colour-adhesion Gt 0 - 1
- Resistance against oil (ASTM 1 and 3) after 72 h. at 80 °C : no loss of colour
- Resistance against fule and solvents after 10 min. submersion at room temperature
(aUcaHc degreaser with pH 11, not affected
1.1.1-trichorethane, toluene)
- W.O.M test (ASTM D 626 - 70) after 200 h
- Kestemich test (DIN 50018 SFW 2.0S) after min 7 cycU
- open air exposure after 6 months open air exposition at A . C ,
no formation of rust in the sheet and max. 2 m m
formation of blisters at the edges, no loss of colon
or of gloss
REMARKS aU fys. And chem. Tests to be carried out 8 days

after painting
Registration code
Collection: APC G30-45/'98
Tab: 23
/[UasCdpco Sequence: 995
Stationary compressors: GA30-45 1999-01

AHB: Component list. (9820 2826 00 ed. 00)
Note: The component numbers con-espond with the numbers on flow diagram 9820 2820 00/01/02/03
Com p. Partname Atlas Copco Manufacturer Specifications

Number Partnumber
100 Inlet air filter 1613 7398 80 Mann & Hummel Type: Dry paper filter
Mat.: Outer and inner grating zincplated after
perforation
Spec: Nominal air capacity: 133 l/s
Resistance against -40 'C to 80 ' C
Free area: 3.3 m2
Efficiency SAE fine:
particle size 0,001 mm 98 %
0.002 mm 99,5%
0,003 mm 99,9 %
Lifetime: 4000 h (Ap 50 mbar, SAE fine
contamination 0.1 mg/m')
Duty: To filter incoming air
Inlet air filter 1613 7400 81 Mann & Hummel Type: Dry paper filter
Mat.: Outer and inner grating zincplated after
perforation
GA45/100-125-150 Spec: Nominal air capacity: 200 l/s
Resistance against -40 °C to 80 °C
Free area: 5.2 m2
Efficiency SAE fine:
particle size 0,001 mm 98 %
0,002 mm 99,5%
0,003 mm 99,9 %
Lifetime: 4000 h (Ap 50 mbar, SAE fine
contamination 0.1 mg/m')
Duty: To filter incoming air
101 Unloader with 1613 8144 82 Atlas Copco Mat.: Housing: Aluminium GD-AI Si 12 (DIN 1725)
integrated Hard Anodised
regulating valve Valve: Aluminium Al-SilMgMn (ISO 6361/1)
Hard Anodised
Spring: Wire 6.5A-DIN2076-C
treatment: /Vluferite 1000(2+2)
Duty: To throttle the incoming air in unload condition
Load/Unload control system
102 Oil-injected screw 2989 0159 00 Atlas Copco Type: gearbox drive
compressor 2989 0158 00 direct drive
Mat.: Casing: Cast iron GG 20 (DIN 1691)
Rotors: near net shape rough cast iron rotors,
obtained through the lost foam process
Duty: Compression
104 Check valve 1613 7960 GO Atlas Copco Mat.: Housing: Cast iron GG20 (DIN 1691)
Valve: Stainless steel X5CrNi18/9 (DIN 17440)
Duty: To prevent oil-flow from oil separator to
element in case of shut-down
106 Air/oil receiver 1613 8337 00 Atlas Copco Appr.: 1613 8337 81: ASME
1613 8337 82: Lloyds/DIR/SA
1613 8337 83: TUV
1613 8337 84: TUVA
1613 8337 85: JIS
1613 8337 87: ISPESL
1613 8337 89: DRIRE
Mat.: GGG40
Spec: Minimum temperature: -10 °C
Maximum temperature: 120 °C
Design pressure: 15 bar
Test pressure: 22,5 bar
doc - 9820 2826 00 ed. 00 2933 3870 00

Volume: 311
Oil capacity approximately: 101
107 Oil separator 1613 8397 00 Mann & Hummel Mat.: Inner, central and outer grating galvanised
element steel
Spec: Maximum capacity: 150 l/s
Nominal capacity: 130 l/s
Allowable: -40°C up to 140 'C
Maximum pressure drop at maximum
Duty: capacity: 0,25 bar In new conditions
To remove the oil from the air/oil mixture
108 Safety Valve 0832 1000 74 Seetru Spec: Opening pressure: 10.0 bar
Appr.: T O V SV.94-962.10.D
0832 1000 78 Seetru Spec: Opening pressure: 11,5 bar
Appr.: TUV SV. 94-962.10.D
0832 1000 79 Seetru Spec: Opening pressure: 14,5 bar
Appr.: T Q V SV.94-962.10.D
Rem.: All these valves have a lifting device and a
connection G1/2"
0830 1005 20 Nuova Col Spec: Opening pressure: 9.3 bar

Appr.: ISPESL 450 3/B
connection G3/4"
0830 1007 78 Eaton Spec: Opening pressure: 160 psi

Appr.: ASME
0830 1007 79 Eaton Spec: Opening pressure: 215 psi
Appr.: ASME
connection G3/4"
Duty: To safeguard the high pressure circuit
109 Minimum pressure 1613 6790 80 Atlas Copco Mat.: Housing: Cast Iron DIN GGG 40
valve Piston: Aluminium G-AI S110 Mg wa (DIN
1725)
Cover: Aluminium Gk-M SI 5 Mg 4 (DIN 1725)
Spec: Valve seat: PTFE +30% graphite
Duty: Set pressure: 4 bar
To close off the compressor from ttie air net
when the unit Is stopped or running unloaded
110 Aftercooler
Aircooled version 1613 8366 00 AKG Type: GA30

1613 8365 00 GA37
1613 8364 00 GA45
Mat.: Aluminium
Rem.: Combi cooler, see TAB 24 "heat exchanger
data"
Duty: Compressed air cooling
Watercooled 1613 7022 88 Serck Type: Standard

version (GA30-45) 1613 7022 86 SA-approved
Mat.: Aluminium
Rem.: See TAB 24 "heat exchanger data'
Duty: Compressed air cooling
111 Water separator 1617 0010 00 Domnick Hunter Ltd. Mat.: Head and housing: Cast aluminium
Float valve: Polyacetal
Valve seat holder: Polyacetal
Swirler Nylon
Vortex-finder: Nylon
Membrane: Viton
Vortex arrestor plate: Nylon
Spec: Maximum working pressure: 20 bar
Maximum temperature: 70°C
Pneumatic test pressure: 26 bar
Duty: Remove moisture from air
112 Ball Valve 0852 0010 19 Pel Mat.: Housing: Brass, nickel plated
Ball: Brass, nickel plated
Spindle: Brass, nickel plated
Lever: Brass, painted black
Seats: Teflon
doc - 9820 2826 00 ed. 00 2933 3870 00

Spindle sealing: Teflon
Spec: Max. working pressure: 40 bar
Max. working temperature: 200 *C
Duty: To Isolate the compressor from the air net
120 Coupling 1613 6885 00 Hansen Type: Texrope Sureflex 9JE

Mat.: EPDM
Spec: Temperature range: -55°C to 100°C
Duty: To couple motor and compressor element
121 Motor 1080 29xx XX Siemens Tvpe: TEFC

Duty: See TAB 23 "drive an^ngemenf
122 Cubicle 1900 20xx XX Siemens Duty: Starter and regulating equipment
123 Fan motor 1080 4009 XX Siemens Type: 3-Phase external rotor motor
Spec: Power 1 kW
Service factor 1
KT: 75*0 max.
Protection dass: IP54
124 Fan 1613 8532 01 ) Type 50 Hz

1613 8532 10 60 Hz
Radial fan
Mat: Steel
Duty: To generate cooling air for the air cooler and
") oil cooler
200 Thermostatic 1613 6883 03 Atlas Copco Mat.: Aluminium G-Al Si 7 Mg Wa (DIN 1725)
valve housing Max. working pressure: 15 bar
Testpressure: 23 bar
Thermostat
"^ 1619 7333 00 Wahler Type: 7036.40
Spec: 40 °C Thermostatic valve
1619 7596 00 Wahler Type: 7036.65
Spec: 65 °C Thermostatic valve
Duty: To regulate the oil temperature
201 Oilcooler AKG
Type: GA30
GA37
GA45
Mat.: Aluminium
Rem.: Combi cooler, see TAB 24 "heat exchanger
1 data"
Duty: Oil cooling
Watercooled 1613 7021 88 Serck Type: Standard

versions (GA30- 1613 7021 86 SA-approved
45) Mat.: Cylinder aluminium
Tubes: 90-10 CuNi
Covers: nodular cast iron
Seals: Viton O-rings
^J Rem.: See TAB 24 "heat exchanger data"
Duty: Oil cooling
203 Oil filter 1613 6105 00 ' Mann & Hummel Mat.: Cellulose polyamid reinforced
Spec: Maximum working pressure: 30 bar
Temperature resistant up to 120°C continuous
o Duty: By-pass valve setting: 2.5 bar

To filter the cooling and lubricating oil
doc - 9820 2826 00 ed, 00 2933 3870

transducer Spec: Pressure range: 0-17 bar/0-246.6 psi
Duty: Measures the net pressure as input for the
load/unload control system
TS Temperature 1089 0574 04 JUMO Type: PtIOOO

sensor Spec: - -40 'C to 250 ' C
- -40 "F to 491 ' F
Duty: - Display the element outlet temperature
- Shut-down the compressor unit to
prevent damage resulting from a too high
air element outlet temperature
TIS Temperature 1089 0376 47 Stork Type: SB 156028105-2U

indicating switch Spec: Range: -20°C to 160 ' C
Duty: - Display the element outlet temperature
- Shut-down the compressor unit to
prevent damage resulting from a too high
air element outlet temperature
PSR Pressure switch 1089 0397 45 Condor Type: MDR53/11

1089 0397 46 Spec: Range: 0-11 bar
Type: MDR53/16
Spec: Range: 0-16 bar
Rem.: Protection dass: IP54
Duty: Load-unload control
401 Cock 1619 7336 00 Pel Mat.: Brass

Rem.: Connection: in- and outlet IS07-R1/8"
Duty: To drain manually the moisture separated
from the air after the aftercooler
Y1 Three-way BQrkert Type: 220V/60Hz

solenoid valve 1089 0428 19 115V/60HZ
1089 0428 20 220V/50HZ
1089 0428 21 Spec: Orifice: 1.5 mm
Maximum opening pressure: 16 bar
Maximum ambient temperature: 55 °C
Medium temperature: -10 °C to 90 °C
Duty: De-energised: compressor runs unloaded
Energised: compressor mns loaded
PDI Vacuum indicator 1619 7912 01 Mann & Hummel Spec: Underpressure: 50 mbar
Resistant against air from -40°C up to
Duty: 80°C
Shows a yellow flag if permissible
restriction in the air inlet is reached
PS Pressure 1089 0575 41 Kavlico Type: P165-5162
doc - 9820 2826 00 ed. 00 2933 3870 d

.w îJ?v?^'!??f?^5B?|?I?^
MAIN C0HP0NENT5
Q ) Conpressor unit : The unit should be installed on a level Floor capable
O (p Q)® 0®®@ oF toking the weight oF the coapressor.
d) Coapressed air outlet volve.
(3) Delivery pipe:

The MX. totol pipe length can be calculated Fro*: "•'4S0x0c'-85
L is the length oF the pipe W
iP is the •CK. allowable presssure drop (recoi«ended O.lbor)
d is the inner diorcter oF the pipe ( n )
P is the absolute pressire at the coapressor outlet (bar)
Oc is the conpressor PAD (l/s)
(A) Ventilation : The inlet grid(s) ond ventilation Fan should be installed in
such a May that any recirculation oF cooling air to the coapressor is
avoided.The air velocity to the gridCs) has to be liaited to 5 a/s.
The aaxiaui air teaperature at the coapressor intake opening is 4S*,Bin.0*C.
The required cooling air Flow to liait the coapressor rooa teaperature
can be calculated Froa : 0v=0.13 N/4T
Ov is the required cooling air Flow (o/s)
N is the noainal aotor power oF the coapressor (kU)
AT is the coapressor rooa teaperature over the outdoor te<^>erature CO
When the coapressor is (rovided with a dryer (Full Feature),the required
cooling air Flow is : n _(0.13< • A)
( 5 ) Drain pipes to condensate collector.The drain pipes noy not enter in the
collector.
\6) Control cubicle with oonitoring ponel.

- ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ / / / ^ '
( 7 ) Power supply coble to be sized mxi installed by 0 quoUFied electriclwi.
i ( ¥ ) Provision For energy recovery systen.
( 9 ) Filter t i ^ 00 For general pirpose Filtration ( porticle reaoval down to

t aicron with a aaximua oil carry-over oF 0.5 ppo). As on option this
Filter con be integrated in the cotupressor.
900 900
COMPRESSOR A h i ^ eFFiciency PO-Filter aoy be installed downstreon the OO-Filter
( porticle removal down to 0.01 aicron and BOX. o i l cwry-over oF 0.01 pp« ) .
Should oil vopour cavJ odeurs be uvJesiroble.o 00 octive carbon Filter
should be installed oFter the PO-Filter.
• §
It is recoBfflended to install by-pass pipes over eoch Filter together
with ball valves in order to isolate the Filters during service operotions,
".
without interrupting the conpressed air delivery.
W//////////.
Hiniaua Free orea to be reserved
v. @ SaFety valve.
For the compressor installation. QT) By-poss system: to be instoLLed to by-pass the dryer during service operations.
(12) Woterseporator: high eFFiciency woterseporator reooves 90X oF condensate
in the coiêssed cir when by-possing the dryer.
COaiNG 5Y5TEH5
@ Cooling water supply:
lALI. I I All. ? ' i«.I. 3 lALI. 4
For alternatives, see diograns.
t WoterFlow and pressure to be odjusted depending on Local conditions.

For cooling water quality see instruction book. For aaintenonce purposes the
cooling water in- ond outlet hove to be provided with shut-oFF valves.
vv
•
No. 9820 2806 01

>^ ed. 00
2933 3729 00
COMPRESSOR
COOLING AIR
OUTLET t06(?x)
190
o
183 11
GA45
AIR OUTLET (B
s
e IQs m
REHDTE/LDCAL SELECTOR SVITCH
ELECTRICAL CABLE d 60 WATER QUTLE
I63.S EMERGENCY STOP
PASSAGE
VATER INLET
ELECTRICAL CABLE 0 60
PASSAGE
MAIN POWER SVITCH
i>
COMPRESSOR
CODLING AIR
INLET
S Detail Z <>
MANUAL
11 VoshfT
AUTQHAUL 8 m CD. ?H5 190 710
6 m D.D, 1713 903
IS
727
729
830
K«
WEIGHT
TYPE
GA 45 1005
WEIGHTS IN kg (oil included) 120 kg
FLANGES
Nl AIR OUTLET FLANGE PN16 0150 DIN 2566 (DIN 1 1/2')
N2 VATER OUTLET FLANGE PN16 0140 DIN 2566 (DIN 1 1/4') \ \
1^
i KILES » 10 IN BOnOt OF
rORKLin SLOTS
COPRESSDR SlftACf I H a [ S »10 (forfixationf r w )
N3 VATER INLET FLANGE PN16 0140 DIN 2566 (DIN 1 1/4') Ml NMC PART NR.
UWT I TOr<L
01 VASlCe 0300 0247 93
»EICHT (KG)
02 reAK 1613 8362 CO
Scolt 00.06.26
03 GiiouND P U I E :
04 MJI 0266 211100

PROJECT
05 VASICI! 0301 2344 00. Alios Copco Mfg.Korea Co.,LTD
06 oai 0147 1363 03
GA45W DIMENSION DRAWING
nut
A
A
A Sgnaturt
~ 0 . 06. «
Atlas Copco Stationary Air Compressors
GA30 - GA37 - GA45 - GA55C
GA30 W - GA37 W - GA45 W
Instruction book
Important
1. From followiii>2 serial number onwards: AIl-.ViO {)()()
2. This book mi;si be used together with ihe "User manual for Elektronikon regulator lor GA5 ; p lo GA4()C'
Copyright 1999. Atlas Copco Airpower n.v., Antwerp. Belgiuip.

Any unaulhori/.ed use or copying of the contents or any part thereof is prohibited. This applies in
particular to Irademark.s. model dcnomination.s. part numbers and drawings.
This instruction book meets the requirements for instructions specified by the machinery directive
98/37/EC and is valid for CE as well as non-CE labelled machines.
No. 2920 1389 01

Replaces 2920 1389 00
Registration code: APC G30-55C/'9X / 3X / 993
1999-11 Wcb-sitc: http://www.atlasc()pco-coniprcs.sors.coni
/tdasCopco
2 9 2 0 1 3 S 9 0 1
OWNERSHIP DATA
t 'iMi lype: . . , Owiiei's iiiiiL'hiiie Nr
Motor ty|V: - . I'liii serial No.: . . . .
Delivery dale; Molor serial No.: . .
Service Plan;. First slarl-iip date: .
Sclecled lultrkauils
Oimpressor: Capacity;
Bearing! urease lypc. electric motor:
I'riflted Matter NWK.

Atlas C<ipct» ia>4niction N H * : . . . . Molor instruction book:
A<(as Cofico parts list: Molor pans list:
Atlas Oipco lo»lxy>k;
luteal Atlas Oipco Rcpre.sentative

Name:
Address:
,-rr
Telephone: Coni.icl persons Service:
Telex: Paris: . .
SAFETY PRECAUTrONS
T o b e read a t t e n t i v e l y a n d a c t e d a c c o r d i n g l y b e f o r e i n s t a l l i n g , o p e r a t i n g or repairing the unit.
Those rcc^>mmcndati<)ns apply to machinery processinj: or c o n s u m i n g air or inert gas. Processing o f a n y olhcr gas icc|uircs
additional safety precautions typical lo the application w h i c h arc not included herein.
Ill addition lonnnnal safety rules which sliould tie observed with stationary connections shall be of coneci si/e and suilahle for the workins;
air ctMTipresstws and equipment, the following safety directions and pressure.
precauliixis aic of special imponance.
3. Place the unit where ihe ambient air is as cool and clean as possible.
When operating this unit, llic operator must employ safe working practices If necessary, install a suction duct. Never obstruct the air inlcl. Caie
and <W>scrvc M lelalcd Uval work safety rci|uirements and ordinances. shall be taken to minimize the entry of moisture with ihc inlci air.
The owner is icspi»nsible tor maintaining the unit in a safe operating 4. The aspirated air shall be free from namm;ihle lunies or vapoujs.
condition. P;ut.s and access<iries .sliall be replaced if unsuitable for safe e.g. paint .solvents, that can lead lo inlernal fire or explosi<ii).
Hpcralion.
5. Air-cooled units shall be installed in such a way thai an adei|iialc
Installation, ttpcratituu maintenance and repair shall only be performed by How of cooling air is available and that the exhausted air docs pioi
audUHi/cd. ItaiiKtL compctcm per.sonnc<. recirculate to the inlet.
Normal ratingstpicssuivs. temperatures, time settings, etc.) shall be durably 6. Arrange the air intake so that loose clothing of people cannoi be
marked. sucked in.
Any modillcatiniKia the compressor sliall only he pcrlormcd in agreement

with Atlas Copcuaail under supen-ision of autlKirized. competent personnel.
7. Ensure that the discharge pipe from the compres.sor to the aftercooler
or air net is free to expand under heal and that it is not in contact
i
with or clo.se to llammable material.
ir any stateaMHMl • • this h<Mik, especially with i ^ a r d to .safety, docs
not oimply wtth hciil l^;i.slati<ia, the stricter <if the tw<i .shall apply. 8. No external force may be exerted on the air outlet valve: the connected
pipe must be free of strain.
These precaaAwK 3UV f;eneRiI and cover several machine types and
equipment: hcacc some .statements may nut apply to the unit<s) y. If remote control is installed, the unit shall bear an obvious sign
descrihed in this bonk. reading:
DANGER: This machine is remotely contnilled and may .start
without warning.
installation As a further safeguard, persons switching on remotely controlled
units shall take adequate precautions to ensure that there is no one
Vpart fitHn geaenlengineering practice in conformity with the UKQI .safety checking or working on the machine. To this end. a suitable notice
cgulations. tht fiaUowing directives arc specially stressed: shall be affixed lo the start equipment.
•. A eompfessor shall he lifted only with adequate equipment in 10. On units with automatic .start-stop system, a sign stating "This
etuiUirmily wMi local safety rules. machine may start with<iut warning" shall be attached near the
lxMtsc<irptv<K<ag pans shall he securely fastened before lifting. It is instrument panel.
strictly fottiidkJca to dwell or stay in the risk zone under a lifted load. 11. In multiple compressor sy.stems manual valves shall be in.sialled to
Lifting acoderaoion and retardation shall he kept within safe limits. isolate each compre.s.sor. Non-return valves (check valves) shall not
Wear a safety bebnet when working in the area of overhead or lifting be relied upon for isolating pressure systems.
equipment. 12. Never remove or tamper with the safety devices, guards or insulations
:. Any blanki^s; flanges, plugs, caps and desieeant bags shall be fitted on the unit. Every pressure vessel or auxiliary installed outside
removed hefoR oonneaing up (he pipes. Distribution pipes and
!»>20I.T77OI U2 (continued on inside of cover)

/UlasCopco InslriK'lion honk
This instruction book describes how to handle the machines lo ensure sale operation, optimum elTiciencx ami lonj; service lil'e.
Read this hook before puiiini; the machine into operation loensure correct handling, operation and proper maintenance from the
beginning. The inainienance schedule eompri.ses measures for keeping the machine in good condition.
Keep the hook available for the operator and make sure that the machine is operated and that maintenance is carried out according
Jo the instructions. Record all operating data, maintenance performed, etc. in an operator's logbook available from Atlas Copco.
Follow all relevant safely precautions, including those mentioned on the cover of this book.
Repairs must be carried out by trained personnel from Atlas Copco who can be contacted for any further inforniation.
In all correspondence always mention the type and the serial number, shown on the data plate.
For all data not mentioned in the text, see sections "Preventive maintenance schedule" and "Principal data".
T h e company reserves the right to make changes without prior notice.
Contents
.v."; For GA Standard Pack .:^5^ 2S
1 Leading particulars .^ .1 5.1 Siariini: * 2S
1.1 General description .i .V.'i.2 During opcralion . . . ? 2S
I.I.I Comprcs.sor variants .^ .i..'i..i Slopping 28
i 1.1.2 Main options .^ .1.6 Taking out of t)peralion at end cl compressor
1.1..^ Airllow ."S
.service life 29
1.1.4 Oil system 5
1. i .5 C<M)ling and condcn.saie drain sy.stems 6 , Maintenance 29
1.2 Unloading/loading ."iysteni 9 4.1 Drive motor 29
1.2.1 Unloading 9
4.2 Preventive inaintcnanee .schedule for the
1.2.2 Loading 9 compressor 30
1..^ Elcktronikon regulator for GA Pack / Full-feature . . . . 9
4.3 Oil specifications 31
I ..^. 1 Regulator 10 4.3.1 Atlas Copco Roto-injecinuid 31
I..V2 Control panel 12 4.3.2 Mineral oil 31
I ..^..1 Function keys I .i 4.4 Oil change ' 31
1 ..'^.4 Menu-driven control programs 1.^ 4.5 Oil filter change 32
1.4 Regulator for GA Standard Pack 14 4.6 Storage after installation 32
1.4.1 Regulator 14 4.7 Service kits 32
1.4.2 Control panel 16
1.5 A i r dryer on GA Full-I'caturc 16 j;
Adjustments and servicing procedures 32
1.5.1 Compressed air circuit 16 5.1 Air niter 33
1.5.2 Refrigerant circuit 16
5.2 Coolers 33
5.3 Safety valve 33
2 Installation 17 5.4 Safety devices of dryer on GA Full-feature 33
2.1 Dimension drawings 17 5.5 Load/unload pressure switch on GA Standard
2.2 Installation prop<isals 19
Pack . . . V 3?^
2.3 Electric cable si/.c 22 5.6 Temperature shut-down switch on GA Standard Pack 34
2.4 Electrical connections 22
2.5 Cooling water requirements 2.3 , Problem solving 35
2.6 Pictographs 23
7 Principal data 36
J Operating instructions 24 7.1 Readings on display or gauges 36
3.1 Before initial .staa-up 24 7.2 Settings of overload relay and fuses 36
3.1.1 Safety 24 7.3 Settings of fan motor circuit breaker (air-ciwlcd
3.1.2 User manual 24 compressors) 37
3.1.3 Outdoor/altitude operation 24 7.4 Settings of dryer switches (GA Full-feature) 37
3.1.4 Moving/lifting 24 7.5 Compressor spccifieations 37
3.1.5 External eomprc.s.sor status indication for GA 7.5.1 Reference conditions 37
Paek/Full-fcature 24
7.5.2 Limitations 37
3.1.6 Remote control for GA Paek/Full-featurc . . . . 24 7.5.3 GA30/GA30 W Standard Pack/Pack 38
3.2 Initial .stan-up 24 7.5.4 GA30/GA.30 W Full-leature 38
3.3 Before .starting 26 7.5.5 GA37/GA37 W Standard Pack/Pack 39
3.4 For GA Pack / Full-feature 26 7.5.6 GA.37/GA37 W Full-feature -^9
3.4.1 Starting 26 7.5.7 GA45/GA45 W Standard Pack/Pack 40
3.4.2 During operation 27 7.5.8 GA45/GA45 W Full-feature 40
3.4.3 Checking the di.splay 27 7.5.9 GA55C Standard Pack/Pack 41
3.4.4 Manual control 28 7.5.10 GA5.5C Full-feature 41
3.4.5 Stopping 28
7.6 Conversion list of SI units into US/Briti.sh units 42
3<J20 I.^KVOI
IIIMI IH.IKIM lUllIK
îUasCopcc
1 Leading particulars WSD

W.SD arc s c p a r a i u r s which separate coiulcnsaio (Kiin
cHimprcsscd air They can be inicgralcd in ihc btulvwork ol
1.1 General description GA Standard Pack compressors.
GA arc sialionary. singlc-slage. oil-injcctcd screw compressors

Relay expansion box
driven hy an electric motor. GA30-GA37-GA45-GA55C arc
Tlie relay expansion box has polcnlial-l'rcc coniacls lor external
air-cooled, whereas GA.Ô W-GA.37 W-GA45 W arc waier-
indication of following compressor operating coiuliiions:
coolcd.
automatic operation, warning, shut-down.
Dryer by-pass kit

This kit allows the operator to by-pass the dryer in case of
1.1.1 Compressor variants
dryer maintenance or repair.
GA Standard Pack (Fig. 1.3)

Public works version
GA Standard Pack arc enclosed in a sound-insulated bodywork.
This kit is designed for compressors operating outdoors. Ii
^ The control panel (Fig. 1.14) is llticd to the door ai the IVonl
consists of separately available kits:
side. It includes the siarl button and the stop/emergency slop
Frost protection kit to prevent freezing of condensate and
button.
to allow the compressor to start in freezing temperatures.
The relay-controlled regulator and the motor starter arc located
Rain protection kit to prevent rain from entering die
^ in an electric cabinet behind the door.
compressor.
Main power i.solation switch with lockable handle lor easy
GA Pack (Fig. 3.3)
i.solation of the compressor from the mains.
GA Pack are enclo.sed in a .sound-insulated b<xlywork. The
Reverse rotation protection relay which prevents the
compres.sors are controlled by the Atlas Copco Eleklronikon"*
compressor from starting if the pha.ses of the mains are not
regulator. This electronic control module (Fig. 1.9) is fitted to
connected correctly.
the d(K)r of the front panel. The Elektronikon regulator reduces
the power consumption and allows the operator to easily
The compressors may be delivered ex-factory with a lifting
program and monitor the compressor. The control panel
device for easy lifting and handling of the compressor.
includes the start, stop and emergency stop buttons. An electric
cabinet comprising Ihc motor starter is located behind this panel.
Oil containing frame
Tlie compressors are provided with an automatic condensate
This additional frame, which can be put under the compressor.
drain system.
prevents oil from spreading over the lloor in case ofoii leakage.
GA Full-feature (Figs. 1.1 and 1.2)

Tropical thermostat
GA Full-feature are GA Pack compressors, additionally
If operating in tropical climate conditions (high temperature
provided with an air dryer integrated in the bodywork. The
and humidity), a thermostat with a higher .selling can be filled
dryer removes moisture from the compre.s.sed air by cooling
in the oil circuit to avoid condensation. Consult Atlas Copco.
• the air to near freezing point and automatically draining the
conden.sale. Sec section 1.5.
Dryer kit
This kit contains an air dryer and can be filled inside the
bodywork of GA Pack.
1.1.2 Main options
Modulating control
This regulating system matches the air capacity of the
compres.sor to the air consumption between 100 % output and
a minimum output. 1)
Energy recovery
This system recovers the major part of the compression heat in
the form of hot water.
Electronic drain
This .sy.stem electronically controls draining of condensate.
OSD
OSD arc .separators which .separate the major pan of the oil
from (he condensate.
2V20 I.WM)I
.A/ptÂJ
Fig. I.I Front viewGA45 Full-reaiure
Jr niter DP2 Oil drain plug. uil stop valve M2 Fan motor
lir receiver/oil separator DP3 Oil drain plug. check valve OF Oil niter
,ir outlet valve E Comprcs.sor clement SV Safety valve
III cooler by-pass valve El Elcktronikon regulator UA Unloader
,irc(K)ler FC Oil nilcr plug Vp Minimum pressure valve
>il cooler FN2 Fan VP Oil cooler vent plug
lieck valve Gl Oil level gauge Vs Oil stop valve
tl drain plug, oil separator Ml Drive motor 1 Dryer
Figs. I.I and I.2GA4S Full-I'cature
2V20 l.1«9()l
AV—- --
«r
DP2 Vs
Fiii. 1.2 Rear view GA45 Full-rcaiure
>;0
1.1.3 A i r f l o w ( F i g s . 1.5 a n d 1.6) 1.1.4 O i l s y s t e m ( F i g s . 1.5 a n d 1.6)
A i r d r a w n through filter (AF) and open inlel valve ( I V ) into In air receiver/oil .separator ( A R ) . most o f the oil is removed
compres.sor clement (E) is compres.sed. Compre.s.sed air and from the air/oil mixture centrifugally. The balance is renioved
o i l How into air receiver/oil separator ( A R ) via check valve by oil separator element (OS). The oil collects in the lower
( C V ) . The air is di.scharged through outlet valve (AV) via part o f air receiver/oil separator ( A R ) . which serves as oil lank.
m i n i m u m pressure valve (Vp). air c<M)ler (Ca) and condensate
«rap(MT). The oil system is provided with a by-pass valve ( B V ) . W h e n
the oil leniperalure is below 40 degrees celsius 2). by-pass
Check valve ( C V ) prevents blow-back of compres.sed air when valve ( B V ) shuls o f f Ihe oil supply from oil cooler (Co). A i r
Ihc compressor is slopped. M i n i m u m pressure valve ( V p ) pressure forces (he o i l from air receiver/oil separator ( A R )
prevents ihc receiver pressure from dropping below a minimum through oil filler ( O F ) and oil slop valve ( V s ) to compressor
pressure. element (E) and Ihe lubrication points. O i l cooler (Co) is by-
pa.s.sed.
2«j;o IW) 01
/ULasCopco lilslilii.li(iii hook
f-^^-"'-^-^^^51 ^(••?^-->:;!f^hi=^;
ol
50670F
Flu. 1.3 GA55C Standard Pack
By-piLss valve (BV) starts opening the oil supply from cooler
(Co) when the oil temperature has increased to the above-
mentioned value. At approx. 55 degrees Celsius 2) all the oil
flows through the oil cooler.
Oil stop valve (Vs) prevents the compres.sor element from

flooding with oil when the compres.sor is .stopped. The valve
is opened by clement outlet pressure when the compressor is
started.
1.1.5 Cooling and condensate drain systems (Figs.

1.5 and 1.6)
The cooling system compri.ses air C(M)ler (Ca) and oil cooler
(Co). On air-cooled compres.sors. the ctwling air is generated
by fan (FN2). Water-cooled compressors are provided with a
cooling water system. Da Automatic condensate drain
Dm Conden.satc drain valve
A condensate trap (MT) is provided in the air outlet .system 3). 1 Pictograph, manual condensate drain
The trap is equipped with a valve for automatic condeasate 2 Pictograph, automatic condensate drain
draining during operation (Da-Fig. 1.4) and a manually operated
valve for draining after stopping the compres.sor(Dm-Fig. 1.4). Fig. 1.4 Condensate outlets
2920 I W V O I
AIR-COOLED FULL-FEATURE UNLOADED (1)
O AIR INLET (3) REFRIGERANT LIQUID (2)

REFRIGERANT GAS (5)
-»- COMPRESSED AIR (4)
M2 FN2
•-- OIL (6) ^ /
i j
\ /
^
Fig. 1.5 GA Full-feature during unloading
2V2() I.^KVOI
JUlasCopco I I I M I I K I I U I I n o t IK
WATER-COOLED PACK LOADED (9)
(^ COMPRESSED AIR OUT (7) r-- CONTROL AIR (8)
0- AIR INLET (3) ••- OIL (6)
-*- COMPRESSED AIR (4) WATER (10)
Fig. 1.6 GA W Pack during loading
2920 I3K9()I
AJ- Air (illcr Ml A i r cooler iiinisUuc hap O n Fiill-l'caturc also:
AR A i r rcccivcr/oil scp;ir;il<)r Ml Drive motor r-N2 Fan. coiulcnsci
AV A i r outlet valve M2 Motor, compressor Ian M I RclVigciant coniprcssoi
IJV Oil cooler hy-pass valve OF Oil filter M2 Motor, condenser Ian
Ca A i r cooler OS O i l separator element T r 9 ( ) Temperature sensoi'. dcwpojm
Co Oil cooler PT2() Pressure sensor, air outlet ."S Air/air heat exchanger
CV Check valve Rl"2 Restriclor 6 Air/refrigerant heat exchanger
Da Automatic drain oudcl. air SV Safely valve (evaporator)
cooler moisture trap T T I 1 Temperature sensor, compressor 7 Liquid separator
Dm Manual drain valve, air cooler element outlet 8 Hot gas by-pass valve
moisture trap UA Un loader 9 Capillary lube
DPI Oil drain p l u g , air receiver UV Unloading valve 10 Condenser
DP2 Oil drain p l u g , oil slop valve VI A i r filler service indicator II Filter
DP.^ Oil drain p l u g , check valve Vp M i n i n i u m pressure valve 12 Condenser fan control switch • • ; ' -
E Compressor clement Vs Oil Slop valve I > High pressure shut-down switch
El Elckironikon regulaior Yl Loading solenoid \alvc
(» FC Oil m i e r p l u g 1 Flexible, b l o w - o f f air or iiilel air
FN 2 Fan. compressor coolers T
Flexible, b l o w - o f f air or control
Gl Oil level gauge air
IV Inlet valve 3 Flexible, oil scavenge
LP Loading plunger
Figs, i .5 and 1.6 A i r - o i l and unloading-loading systems
1.2 Unloading/loading system 1.2.2 Loading (Fig. 1.6)
1.2.1 U n l o a d i n g (Fig. 1.5) W h e n the net pressure decreases to the loading pressure,
solenoid valve ( Y I ) is energized. Tlie plunger of solenoid valve
I f the air c o n s u m p t i o n is less than the air o u t p u t o f the ( Y I ) moves upwards against spring force:
compressor, the net pressure increa.ses. When the net pressure
reaches the unloading pressure, solenoid valve ( Y l ) is de- 1. Control pressure is fed from air receiver (AR) via solenoid
cncrgiz.ed. The plunger of the valve returns by spring force: valve ( Y l ) to loading plunger (LP) and unloading valve
(UV).
1. The control pressure present in the chambers o f loading 2. Unloading valve ( U V ) closes the air blow-off opening.
plunger ( L P ) and u n l o a d i n g valve ( U V ) is v e n t e d to Loading plunger (LP) moves downwards and causes inlet
atmosphere via .solenoid valve ( Y l ) . valve ( I V ) to open fully.
2. Loading plunger (LP) moves upwards and cau.ses inlet valve
( I V ) to close the air inlet opening. A i r output is resumed (\(K) %). the compressor runs loaded.
.^. Unloading valve ( U V ) is opened by receiver pressure. The
pressure from air receiver ( A R ) is relea.sed towards unloader
(UA). 1.3 Elektronikon regulator for GA Pack /
4 . The pressure is stabilized at a l o w value. A small amount Full-feature
o f a i r is kept drawn in and is b l o w n to the unloader.
T l i e control system consists of an electronic regulator and a
A i r output is stopped (0 "/<). the compressor runs unloaded. control panel.
JKO I.my (11

f A^».A4^LA \îJf^\^V I I I N d Lit. I l l l l l O l l i iK
1.3.1 Regulator (El-Fig. 1.1)
Vutomutic control of t h e c o m p r e s s o r
llie regulator maintains the net pressure between programmable

imits by automatically loading and unloading the compressor
\ number tif programmable settings, e.g. the unloading and
oading pressures, the minimum stop time and the maximum
lumber of motor starts are taken into account.
I K regulator stops the compressor whenever possible lo reduce K22

he power consumption and restarts it aulomalicaliy when the
iCt pressure decrea.ses. In case the expected unloading period
> io<i short, the compressor is kept running to prevcni loo- F21
lion slandsiill periods. ^-2<- K21
\wniiit' A niiniher of tiiiie-hascd aiiiniiiailc suiri/stop

.A 50664F
aiiniiiaiKis may be protiidiiiiiiccl. 4) Take iii/a
(ueoiint lliai a start eoiiiiiuiiid will he exeeiiieil (if
proiiiainmeelaiulaelivalecl). even after iiiaiiiially
J xtoppiiifi the caiiipre.ssoK See Fig. 1.8 lor denomination of components
"rotecting the c o m p r e s s o r Fig. 1.7 Electric cabinet. GA Pack / Full-feature (typical

example)
hut-down
" the compressor element outlet temperature exceeds the
rogrammcd shut-down level, the compressor will be slopped.
his will he indicated on display (4-Fig. 1.9). The compressor
ill also be stopped in ca.se of overload ofdrive motor (Ml )or Monitoring components subject to service
in motor (M2). 5) The regulator continuously monitors the oil. oil filler, oil
separator and air lllter.
hut-down w a r n i n g
the c o m p r e s s o r e l e m e n t outlet temperature exceeds a Service warning
•ogrammed value below the shut-down level, this will al.so be Each input is compared to programmed limits. If these limits
dicaied to warn the operator before the shut-down level is are exceeded, a ine.s.sage will appear on display (4-Fig. 1.9) to
ached. warn the operator to replace the indicated component.
S N S O R S / S O L E N O I D VALVES/ ELECTRIC CABINET KOI Bl<Kking relay

LECTRONIC DRAIN FI/FIO Fu.ses K02 Auxiliary relay, star
I Electronically controlled condensate F21 Overload relay, drive motor contactor
drain (type Bekomat) 8) Kll Auxiliary contactor for K0.3 Auxiliary relay, delta
r20 Pressure sensor, air outlet dryer 7) contactor
n I Temperature sen.sor, compressor K21 Line contactor K04 Auxiliary relay, loading/
element outlet K22 Star contactor unloading
ryo Temperature sen.sor. dcwpoint 7) K2.^ Delta contactor K0.5 Auxiliary relay, high/low air
I Loading .solenoid valve Q15 Circuit breaker, fan motor pressure
! Solenoid valve, modulating TI/T2 Transformers KIO Auxiliary relay, dryer
control 8) T3 Transformer 0 Stop button
IX1/4 Terminal strips S3 Emergency stop button
MOTORS
I Drive motor CONTROL MODULE (El) DRYER ON FULL-FEATURE (Al)
I Fan motor, compressor coolers 6) I Start button
Fig. 1.8 Electrical diagram. GA Pack / Full-feature 50 H/. with star-delta starter (typical example)
2y2() i.^xvoi
m x t UK. m m m *\ l ^
/UlasCdpco
SJOIOU P«0|J3A0
( 310»3J , HUr, ,
6uisu3S 9jnss3jd !r30|/3io«3J "
C P(0| . p3S0p )
p90|un/p«0) 3)0»3J J,'
IP] d o u A3us6jaw3
( 3;OW3J : c3so;3 ) ( ; ;
(SU3) >A<U3|3S 300U ;OJ1U03
2920 1389 01
II
Aiitom;i(ic' restart a f t e r voltage f a i l u r e
l-oi ctiinpiessors leavin<! the l a c l o i y . this function is made 10 1 11 2 4 6 8

inactive. I f desired, the function can he activated. Consult
Alias Copci).
Warning If activated and provided the module nv/.v /// the

atitoniativ operation mode, the compressor will
automatically restart if the supply voltai>e to die
module is restored within a pro}>rauuned time
period.
The power n-co\-eiy lime (the period within which

the vohafie nuist he restored to have an aiitomalir
restart) ctui he set between I and 254 seconds in-
S3 3 12 5 7 9
to syndjol ()().'. If the power recovery lime is sel lo
(HI!, llie compressor will cdways resiari aficr a
vohafie failure, no mailer how linn; it lakes lo
F i i i . 1.9 Control panel. G A Pack.'^FuJI-ieature
restore llie voluiiê.
1.3.2 C o n t r o l p a n e l ( F i g . 1.9)
Rcf. Designation Function
Auloiiuilic Indicates that the regulator is

operation LED a u t o m a t i c a l l y c o n t r o l l i n g the
Ref. Designation Function
c o m p r e s s o r : the compressor is
l o a d e d , u n l o a d e d , stopped and
6 Scroll keys Keys lo .scroll through the display.
restarted dependins! on the air
eonsumption and the lintitations
7 Tabulator key Key to go to the next Held o f the
programmed in the regulator.
display.
Voltaac on L E D I n d i c a t e s t h a t the v o l t a g e is
8 Start button Push b u t t o n to start the
switched o n .
compressor. L E D ( I ) lights up
General alarm L E D Is alight i f a service warning or

i n d i c a t i n g that the regulator is i
operative (in automatic operation).
shut-down warning condition
The L E D goes out after unloading
exists o r i f a .sensor is out o f order.
the compressor manually.
B l i n k s i f a shut-down condition
exists, i f a sen.sor is out o f order
9 Stop button Push b u t t o n to stop the
or after an emergency stop.
compres.sor. L E D ( I ) goes out.
C o n s u l t t h e User m a n u a l f o r
The compressor w i l l stop after
E l e k t r o n i k o n regulator, section
running in unloaded condition for
"Status data submenu".
30 seconds.
Di.splay Indicates me.s.sagcs concerning the

S3 Emergency stop Push button to stop the compressor
compressor operating condition, a
button immediately in ease of emergency.
.service need or a fault. Consult
See .section 3.4.5.
section 3.4 and the User manual
for E l e k t r o n i k o n regulator,
sections " M a i n display", " M a i n
menu", "Status data submenu" and Pictographs
"Service submenu".
10 A u t o m a t i c operation
Function keys Keys to c o n t r o l and program the 11 Voltage on
compressor. Sec section 1.3.3. 12 Alarm
2V20 l.1K9()l
Delivery ;iir
bar 7.0 -Slalus data
A u t o loaded
Menu Moi UnkI Main SIcl
Fl F2 F3 Fl F2 F.^
Fig. 1. 10 Example o f the main display Fig. I.I I Example ol'a main menu
1.3.3 F u n c t i o n k e y s { 5 - F i g . 1.9) 1.3.4 Menu-driven control programs
(» The keys arc used: To facilitate prograninii.'ig and c o n t r o l l i n g the coinprcssoi.

To manually load/unload the compressor menu-driven programs arc iinploniented in the oicciionii.-
To call up or to program settings niodulc.
To reset a motor overload, shut-down or service message.
or an emergency stop The U.ser manual for Elcktronikon regulator for G A . T up lo
(^ To have access to all data collected by the regulator GA90C deals elaboraiclv with all regulator functions.
The functions o f l h e keys vary depending on the displayed menu.

Program/Function Description
The actual ("unction is abbreviated and indicated on the bottom
line o f the display just above the relevant key. The most
c o m m o n abbreviations are listed below.
M A I N DISPLAY Shows in short the operation status
o f the c o m p r e s s o r . It is the
gateway to all functions. Sec Fig.
Abbre- Desig- Function LIO.
viation nation
More A l l o w s a quick look at the actual
status o f the compressor. Sec
Add Add To add compressor start/slop commands section 3.4.
(day/hour)
Cane Cancel To cancel a p r o g r a m i n e d setting when Load/UnId To m a n u a l l y l o a d / u n l o a d the
prograinming parameters compressor
^ Del Delete To delete compressor start/stop cominands
Lini Limits To show liiiiiis for a programmable .setting MAIN MENU See Fig. 1.11. It is the gateway to
List List To list programmed start/slop conimands following menus:
(day/hour)
Load Load To load the compressor inanually Status data C a l l i n g u p the status o f the
\ Main Main To return f r o m a menu to the inain display compressor protection functions
(Fig. 1.10) (.service warning, shut-down and
Menu Menu Starling froin the main display (Fig. 1.10). shut-down warning).
to initiate the main menu (Fig. 1. 11) which Resetting o f a s h u t - d o w n and
gives access to submenus motor overload. See section 1.3.1.
Starting f r o m a submenu, to return to the
main menu (Fig. L I I ) Measured data C a l l i n g up a c t u a l l y measured
Mod Modify To m o d i f y programmable settings values and the slalus o f l h e motor
More More To have a quick look at the compres.sor overload protection.
status
Prog Program To program modified .settings Hours C a l l i n g up the r u n n i n g hours,
Rset Reset To reset a timer or message loading hours, regulator hours and
Rtrn Return To return to a previously shown option or number o f motor starts.
menu
SIct Select To .select a submenu or to read more details Service Calling up and reselling the service
of a selection shown on the display mes.sagcs for the o i l , oil filter, oil
Unid Unload To unload the compressor manually separator, air filler.
2920 I.^KVOI 13
JUAAl^tAJ$J*AJ lll.'^ll ln_IU Ml tH n IK
CNtniprcs.sor I c m p c r a t u r e s h u t - d o w n s w i t c h ( T . S H H 11)
Program/Function Description
T h e s w i t c h p r e v e n t s damage r e s u l t i n g f r o m l o o h i g h a
temperature at the<iuilei of the compressor element. .See section
5.6.
Test A l l o w s a display lest.
M o t o r o v e r l o a d r e l a y (F21)
M o d i f y settings M o d i f y i n s : the scttins^s f o r
The relay prevents damage resulting from too high a motor
r e j j u l a t i o n ( e . g . l o a d i n g and
current.
unloading pressures). for
protection (e.g. temperature shut-
down level) and for service (e.g.
for the oil).
Timer Programming automatic compres-

sor start/stop commands.
Confiiiuraiion P r o g r a m m i n g the l i m e . date,

display language, units, motor start .•>%
mode and date format.
Saved data C a l l i n g up the saved data: last

shut-down, last emergency slop,
lonsze.st k)ad. longest unload.
Selecting a m e n u
W h e n the voltage is switched on. the M A I N DISPLAY (Fig.
1.10) is s h o w n automatically. The other menus arc .selected by
pressing one o f function keys (5-Fig. 1.9). Pushing the key
« M e n u » initiates the M A I N M E N U (Fig. 1.11). giving
access to most other functions via submenus: the submenus
can be .selected by pressing the key « S l c t » (select).
a ri
W h e n e v e r displayed on the bottom line o f the .screen, press the
key « M e n u » l o return from a submenu to the M A I N M E N U .
W h e n e v e r d i s p l a y e d , pre.ss the key « M a i n » to return from a
m e n u to the M A I N DISPLAY.
1.4 Regulator for GA Standard Pack
1.4.1 Regulator (Fig. 1.13)
r h e regulator loads, unloads, stops and restarts the compressor

i c c o r d i n g to the air consumption, and protects the compressor
ind motor f r o m overloads. The unloading and loading pres.surcs
ire the o p e n i n g and closing pressures respectively o f switch
P S R I 9 ) . See .section 5.5.
>tar/delta switch-over / Delayed motor stopping

\ l i m e relay ( K 2 4 ) is provided:
f o r d e l a y e d m o t o r slopping: the frequency o f automatic
m o t o r starts is limited by stopping the motor only after a 50397F
set t i m e o f 5 minutes o f uninterrupted unloaded operation;
i f the net pressure drops to the loading pressure within the
set u n l o a d i n g t i m e the compres.sor w i l l be loaded without Sec F i g . 1.13 f o r denomination o f components
.stopping
l o s w i t c h o v e r f r o m star to delta connection 10 seconds after Fig. 1.12 Electric cabinet, G A Standard Pack (typical
.starting example)
14 2920 1.^X9 01
/UlasCopco
(')
9820 2521 S1/D1

S0384O
,1.1 •
FI/3 Fu.scs M2 Fan motor, compressor S4 Switch to load or unload

F2I Overload relay, drive motor c<K)lers 5) compressor
HI Automatic operation lamp PSRI9 Load/unload pressure switch TSHHII Gauge, indicating
Kl Blocking relay PI Hourmetcr indicating total temperature at ouilci of
K2I Line contactor motor running time compressor element
K22 Star contacUir QI5 Circuit breaker, fan motor combined with shut-down
K23 Delta contactor SI Start button .switch
K24 Time relay for star/delta S3 Button to .stop compressor Tl Transformer
switch-over (10 seconds) and after 30 seconds unloading or YI Loading .solenoid valve
for delayed motor stopping to stop it immediately Y2 Solenoid valve, modulating
(5min) (emergency) control 8)
Ml Drive motor IXI Terminal strip
Fig. 1.13 Electrical diagram. GA Standard Pack 50 Hz with star-delta starter (typical example)
292(1 l.l«y 01 I'S

1.4.2 C o n t r o l p a n e l (Fig. 1.14) (ip (lauge iiidicaling the working; pressure
HI L a m p . aiiiouKitic (ipeniiion
PI Hourmeler indicating the tdtal motor running l i m e
.SI Push button to start the compressor
Push button:
TSHH11
to slop the compressor after a period o f .^0
seconds unloaded running
to stop the compressor immediately in case o f
emergency
S4 Toggle switch to unload or load the compressor
TSHH11 Gauge/switch, indicating the temperature at the
outlet o f the compressor element as w e l l as the
shut-down temperature; the regulator then stops the
compressor
S1/H1
Pictosraphs
I W o r k i n g pressure
2 Running hours
Compressor unlojided
4 Unload compressor, waft .lOseconds. then press
slop button
5 Outlet temperature o f compressor element
6 Compressor loaded
Fig. 1.14 Control panel. G A Standard Pack
50394F
1.5 A i r dryer on GA Full-feature (Fig. 1.5) 1-5.2 Refrigerant circuit
G A F u l l - f e a t u r e are provided w i i i i a drj'cr which removes Compres.sor ( M I ) delivers high-pressure refrigerant gas w h i c h
m o i s t u r e f r o m compressed aii. Hows through condenser (10) where most o f the r e f r i g e r a m
conden.scs. The l i q u i d Hows through filter ( I I ) to capillary lube
(9). The refrigerant leaves the capillary tube at evaporating
1.5.1 C o m p r e s s e d air c i r c u i t pressure.
C o m p r e s s e d air enters heat exchanger (5) and is cooled by the The refrigerant enters evaporator (6) where it w i t h d r a w s heal
o u t g o i n g , dried air. Moisture in the incoming air starts to from the compressed air by further evaporation. T h e lieated
conden.sc. T l i e air then Hows through heat exchanger (6) where refrigerant leaves the evaporator and is sucked in by compressor
the refrigerant evaporates withdrawing heat from the air. This (Ml).
c o o l s the a i r to clo.se to the evaporating temperature o f the
mcfrigerant. M o r e water in the air conden.scs. The cold air then
f l o w s t h r o u g h moisture trap ( M T ) which .separates condensale
from the air. The conden.sate is automatically drained through
o u t l e t ( D a ) . T h e c o l d , dried air then Hows through heat
e x c h a n g e r ( 5 ) , where it is warmed up by the incoming air.
F<M>tnotes chapter I
1) As an alternative. Atlas Copco offers compre.s.sors with variable speed drive (GA50 VSD and G A W VSD) which have a high-efficieni
regulating .system maintaining the prcs.surc within a very small pre.s.sure band.
2) The val vc starts opening at 65 degrees cclsius and is fully open at 80 degrees cclsius for 13 bar and 175 psi compressors. See also section
1.1.2.
J) Available as an option forCA Standard Pack.
>) See User manual for Elektronikon regulator, section 'Timer submenu".
5) Air-cooled compres.sors only.
i) Only for air-c<M)lcd compres.sors.
f) Only for Full-feature compressors.
i) Available a.s an option.
16 2920 \yH9()[
2 Installation
2.1 Dimension drawings (Figs. 2.1 and 2.2)
(18) (1) UOCLINC AIR CCOLiVG A13 (2)

3VPA5S
S'ER VEBSICNl OL::,EI CUILfi
% /'
"TT
•ri.A
idji!^'
/UlaMOopco
(3)
(13) Hm !
:
•: I 1 / /
C;^'=RE55EC
:iss.s
AIRC'jÛI
TT
MASSAC! - > < ^
(13)^^ (4)
I A. 5sri:.
(» i( 1 CCCL!!;G AiR
^J" iNLtl
(5)
r.Gw;!f5SDR
(^ i \rJ
COOLING AIR
I.NIFI
PAiSAK rOS (TJ) iOPIICH) ( 8 )

£
294.5 190 J
3 «» C.n. AUIOHAIIC 3BAIN (9)
5 w i 0 . 0 . MAMUAl ORAIW (19)
IS3 i8C|flO|
732
(113 5 lot
GA55C)
98 :2.1
.ÛoxCbpco
(i4);(Aii:sccoLa~
WMER OUILEI Gl i / 1 -
(15) KAI£;;COOLED
WATFR i H E I G I 1/7
*
• ENERGV RECOVERY
WAFER OUTI ET —
G J/B'
(6)
»
(7) EfERGY ;?ECOVERY
WAia i M t l "
G 3/8' (11) CENTRE OF GRAVITY
(16) »iiH onnii WIIHOUl OSVE!) (17)
TYPE L 3 H L B K
(12) WEIGHT
W30 630 410 700 77B 406 532
lYPE (16)iiwwna VIIKUT ORffiB (17)
g)3
GA 30 995 895 GA 37 e« 410 707 795 40B 520
CA 37 M05 1035
W<5 845 410 707 795 406 520
iK 4S .1155 1035
oiicifiions IK•• , m o
(12) (CKnr
"^ ( 1 6 ) MMOnCI wnoii DncB (17)
(11) CENTRE OF GRAVITY
(16) mi" own uiiKUi o n t ' (17)
CK U C l y X i l 1228 1100
Cn SS C lEOk) 1306 1182 ITPf I 1 M I B H
WIGHI5 IN kg (oil included) : i?0 kg

(7)ssc rani) m (?] 725 7721 <]5 630
(10) (» 55 C :5(»;) 837 4 IB 8US 7B9 125 630

DliOeiQC I H d : t » _ (21)
9820 2797 (XV2

F i g . 2.1 Dimen.sion d r a w i n g . G A P a c k / F u l l - f e a t u r e S0668O
2920 l.'iXVOI
17
(1)
COMPRESSOR
COCLI\'G AIR
ouan
136 g
o
•'.•1
/UlatCbixx •1
(3)
G 1 1/2'
COMPRESSED
AIR OUtLEI
(5)
COMPRESSOR
0 COOLING AIR
,'NLEl
29'<.5 190 710 190

1713
(14) MamCbpeo
HATERCOaED
m OUTLET Gl 1/4 . V
i,_
WATERCOaED
rER INLET G 1 1/4
(15)
ENERGY RECOVERY-
HATER OUTLET i
G 3/8'
(6) Of Fomifi aois
;KERGY RECOVERY
WATER INLET "
(12) WEIGHT (11)CENTRE OF GRAVITY
G 3/8' GA30 865 L H
B
GA37 1005 GA30 778 406 632
GA45 1005 GA37 795 406 620
GA5SC 50 Hz 1100 GA45 795 406 620
(3A5SC eOHz 1162 GA5SC 50 Hz 772 435 630
GASSC 60 Hz 789 425 742
UCI(»TS IN tg (oil inclujed) 120 kg
OIlCKSIONS I M M , I X « (21)
(10)
9820279701/1
506690
Fig. 2.2 Dimension drawing, GA Standard Pack
292(> 1.^89 0 1
jvuastMpco
2.2 Installation proposals (Figs. 2.3 and 2.4)
Ref. Description/recommendation Rcf. Description/recommendation
Insiall the compressor on a solid, level lloor suiiable 5 The drain pipes to the drain collector must not d i p into
l o r l a k i n i i the weiyhl. the water o f the drain collector Atlas C o p c o has o i l /
water separators (type O S D ) to separate (he major part
Position o f the compressed air ouilel valve. o f oil from condensate lo ensure ihal the condensate
meets ihe requiremenis o f the environmenial codes.
T h e pressure drop over the d e l i v e r y pipe can be
calculated as follows: 6 Position o f the conirol panel.
dp = ( L X 450 ,x Qc"^^) / ( d \ \ P) 7 Position o f the mains cable.
dp = pressure drop (recommended maximum = 0.1 <S Provision for ihc inlci and oudcl ol'ihc optional energy
bar) recovery system.
L = length ofdelivery pipe in m
d = inner diameter o f the delivery pipe in mm 9 Filter, type D D . for general purpose nitration (optional).
P = absolute pressure ai the compressor outlet in The filler traps solid particles down to I micron w i t h a
bar(a) max. oil carry-over o f ()..'i ing/m-'. A high-efnciency
Qc = lice air delivery o f the compressor in l/s filler, type PD (optional). may be installed downstream
o f a D D filter. This filler traps solid particles d o w n to
It is recommended that the connection o f the compre.s.sor 0.01 micron w i t h a max. oil carry-over o f 0.01 mg/m^.
air d e l i v e r y pipe is made on top of the main air net pipe I f oil vapour and odours are undesirable, a l l l t e r o f the
to m i n i m i z e c a r r y - o v e r o f possible remainder o f Q D type (optional) should be installed downstream o f
condensate. the ?D filler.
Il is recommended lo provide by-pass pipes and valves
Ventilation: the inlet grids and ventilation fan should be over the filters to isolate the filters during maintenance
installed in such a way thai any recirculation o f cooling without disturbing the compressor.
air to the compressor or dryer is avoided. The air
velocity to the grids must be limited to 5 m/s. The 10 The air receiver (optional) should be installed in a frosl-
m a x i m u m allowable pressure drop over the cooling air free r o o m on a solid, level l l o o r
ducts is 30 Pa. I f exceeding this value, a fan is needed
at the outlet o f the ducts. Consult Atlas Copco. For normal air consumption, the volume o f the air net
(receiver and piping) can be calculated as f o l l o w s :
For alternatives I and 3. the required ventilation
capacity to limit thecompres.sor room temperature V = (0.25 X Qc X PI X To) / (fmax x dP x T l )
can be calculated as follows:
V = v o l u m e o f air net in I
Qv = 1.06 N / d T for G A Pack air-c<K)led Qc = free air delivery o f compressor in l/s
Qv = (1.06 N + 4 ) / d T for G A Full-feature air- PI = compressorair inlet pressure in bar absolute
cooled fmax = cycle frequency - 1 cycle/30 s
dP = Pun load - Pload in bar
Qv = 0.13 N / d T for G A Pack water-cooled Tl = compressorair inlet temperature in K
Qv = (0.13 N + 4 ) / d T for G A Full-feature To = air receiver temperature in K
waler-cooled
By-pass system f o r compressors with dryer (optional)
.Qv = required ventilation capacity in m %
N = nominal motor power o f compressor in 11 Dryer by-pass pipe.
kW
dT = temperature incrca.se in compressor rwtm 12 Conden.sate trap.
For alternatives 2 and 4: the fan capacity should For water-cooled compre.ssors ( F i g . 2.4)
match the compressor fan capacity at a pressure
head equal to the pressure drop over the air ducts. 13 Position o f c o o l i n g water pipes.
2V2() nwox
II il<^ ( K i l l I HH IK
(1)
VENT ILAI ION PROPOSALS
p:i
o o
'"•—1 1
ALT. 1 O ALL 2 O a
I [ JL J[
i
n
(3)
900 900
o of' \
COMPRESSOR
°'
All. 3
L_
O 0
'"L-n
ALL 4 O <D
120280600
1 1 1 ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^
S0382O
Hinittua free oreo (2)
Fig. 2.3 Installation proposal. GA
2920 11X9 01
Q (V '^ 0 Q Q © ^
ym^y^^/My^-^/y^yy.
Hinimun' free oreo (2)
98202806 01
50381D
Fig. 2.4 Installation proposal. GA W
2V20 1.^89 01 21
IIIMI (K l l i i l l di'uK
HUastopco
.3 Electric cable size The voliayc drop imis( nol exceed 5 '/< ol ilio nominal
vojiaiie. il may he neecssaiy lo use cables vviih a lar<;cr
llontion section lluin ihosc slated to comply with this ret|uiiemeni.
Local rcguialions icriiain applicahic irtiicy arc sirictcr than The values below apply to Full-lcaturc compressors.
the values proposed below.
ompressor type Voltage Frequency Cable size Cable size Cable Size
(V) (Hz) (mm^) (mm^) (AWG)
A30/W 230 50 70 2 X 35
A3()/W 400 50 35
A3()/W 500 50 25
A37/W 230 50 70 2 X 50
A37/W 400 50 50
A37/W .soo 50 35
A45/W 2.^0 50 95 x5()

A45/W 400 50 50
A4ÂV 500 50 50
A55C 230 50 2x70

A55C 400 50 70
A55C 500 50 50
A3()AV 220-230 60 70 2 X 50 AWGOO

A3()/W 380 60 50
A30AV 440-460 60 35 AWG3
A30AV 575 60 AWG4
220-230 60 95 2 X 50 2 X AWG2
380 60 50
A37/W 440-460 60 50 AWG I
A37AV 575 60 AWG3
M5AV 220-230 60 2 X 50 2 X AWGO

\45AV 380 60 50
\45AV 440-460 60 50 AWGO
\45AV 575 60 AWG I
\55C 220/230 60 2x50 2 X AWGOO

K55C 440/460 60 50 AWGO
K55C 575 60 AWG I
4 Electrical connections - For motor contactors K21 and K23 higher than or equal lo
3TF50. connect power supply cables to terminals 1. 3 and
neral 5 of contactor K21 and to terminals 1, 3 and 5 of contactor
Provide an isolating switch. K23 (see Figs. 1.7. 1.8. 1.12 and 1.13).
Check the fuses and the setting of the overload relay. See - Connect the earth conductor to earth bolt (PE) and the
section 7.2. neutral conductor (if provided) to connector (N).
For motor contactors K21 and K23 lower than 3TF50,
connect the power supply cables to terminals I. 3 and 5 of On GA Full-feature (Fig. 1.8):
contactor K21 (.see Figs. 1.7. 1.8, 1.12 and 1.13). The voltage supply to the dryer must be 230 V singlc-pha.se.
The voltage to the dryer is supplied over the contacts of relay
2V20 I.IK'MH
( K M ) , u h i e h close when the c<iniprcssor is started, l-'nr Kcniark
compressor supply voliai!cs dillerenl (com .^ x 4(M) V plus Chloride and sulpliale are i n l c r a c t i \ e . In pass-through syslonis
neutral or .^ x 2.^0 V. the power to the dryer is supplied hy a the sum ol'the squares must not exceed S5.(KK). Forrccirculaiini:
transformer. systems with proper controls and treatment, the sum ol the
.squares may be up to 52{).0()0. Note that the sulphate value
must include any sulphite present.
2.5 Cooling water requirements
Followins; requirements are given as a general rule to prevent 2.6 Pictographs (Fig. 2.5)
cooling water problems. I f in any doubt, consult Atlas Copco.
Read the warnings attentively and act accordingly.
Recommended Recirculating Pa.ss-th rough 1 Water outlet

maxima .sv.stem system 2 Manual condensate drain
3 Water inlet
4 Automatic condensate drain
^ Chloride (CI ) lower than 600 iiig/l lower than 150 ing/l
5 Warning; before connecting compressor electrically,
Sulphate ( S O ; ) lower than 400 mg/l lower than 250 n i g /
consult Instruction book for motor rotation direction
Total solids lower than 3000 mu/l lower than 750 m g / l
6 Warning: switch olT voltage and depressuri/c
Suspended solids
compressor before repairing
(asSiOj lower than 10 mg/l lower than 10 m g / l
7 Torques for steel (Fe) or brass ( C u Z n ) bolts
P Free chlorine (CI,) lower than 4 mg/l lower than 2 mg/l
8 Lightly oil gasket o f oil filter, screw it on and tighten
A m m o n i a (NHj*) lower than 0.5 mg/l lower than 0.5 m g / l
by hand (approx. half a turn)
Copper lower than 0.5 mg/l lower than 0.5 m g / l
lower than 0.2 m g / l 9 Consult Instruction book before greasing
Iron lower than 0.2 mg/l
lower than 0.1 ing/l 10 Warning: switch o f f voltage before removing
Manganese lower than 0.1 mg/l
lower than 3 nm/1 protecting cover inside electric cubicle
Oxygen lower than 3 msi/I
11 Consult Instruction book before carrying out
Carbonate
maintenance
hardness
12 Warning: sti)p compressor before repairing fans
(as CaCO,) 50-1000 mg/l 50-500 mg/l
13 Warning: voltage
Organics(KMnOj
14 Warning: potential risk o f sudden releasing of spring
Consumption) lower than 25 mii/l lower than 10 insi/l
underneath cover o f unloader d u r i n g di.sasscmbling.
have possible repair carried out by Atlas Copco
No algae
No oil Fig. 2.5 Pictographs (typical examples)
—8
giQQQQQmQgQ^QQ
t c l u l >l • |sJ4o|n|no|>iol»i
i < |u|u5|us|as|2u|>ulculKalis
• OK OK
12
— 14
gÂH JU911
50707P
2V20 I W 9 0 I 23
3 Operating instructions connccliiii; oxicrnal cquipmcni. Only voltage Ircc contacts arc
allowcil. Have the modifications checked b\ .Atlas Copco.
3.1 Before initial start-up

Remote control
For remote control of the compressor, bridge terminals 2 and 4
' 3.1.1 Safety
of connector (2X4) located at ihe back side of the electronic
module (El-Fig. I.I).
The operator must apply ail relevant safety precautions,
including those nieniioncd in ihis book.
Remote starting and stopping:
connect a start/programmed stop button between terminals
.^0 and 31 of terminal sirip (I X4-Fig. 1.7).
3.1.2 User manual
bridge terminals 30 and 34 of strip (1X4): in this mode, the
outlet pressure is still sen.sed by pressure tran.sducer (PT2()).
Read the "User manual for Elekimnikon reizulaior for G A.*! up
resulting in loading and unloading of the compressor al the
to GA9()C compressors" lo familiari/e yourself wiih all pressures programmed in the electronic regulator ( i f
rcsiulalor functions. terminals 30 and 34 are not bridged, tin; compressor is
switched out of automatic load/unload operation and
remains runnin<: unloaded).
3.1.3 Outdoor/altitude operation ^•<^
Remote loading/unloading (viaê.vternal pressure switch):

If (he compressor is insiallcd ouidoors or if ihc air inlcl
- bridge terminals 30 and 3.*i oP strip ( I X4-Fi!j. 1.7)
lemperature can be below 0 dcsirecs celsius. precautions must
- connect a load/unload switch between terminals 30 and 34
^ e taken. In ihis case, and also if operating ai hiizh altitude,
of strip (1X4): this results in loading and unloading of the
consult Atlas Copco.
compressor al the closing and opening pressures of the
external pressure switch respectively.
3.1.4 Moving/lifting
Attention
Have the modifications checked by Alias Copco. Stop the
Tlie compre.s.sor can be moved by a lift truck using the slots in
compressor and switch off the voltage before connecting
the frame. Make sure that the forks protrude from the other
external equipment. Only voltage-free contacts are allowed.
side «if the frame. The compressor can also be lilted after
inserting beams in the slots. Make sure that the beams cannot
.slide and that they protrude from ihe frame equally. The chains
must be held parallel to the bodywork by chain spreaders in
order not to damage the compres.sor. The lifting equipment
must be placed in such a way that the compre.s.sor will be lifted
perpendicularly. Lift smoothly and avoid twisting.
3.2 Initial start-up

3.1.5 External compressor status indication for G A
1. Following transport fixations, painted red. must be removed:
Pack/Fuli-feature
- spacers (3-Fig. 3.2) from both gear casing supports
- .spacers (l-Fig. 3.2) from both air receiver supports
A relay box forcxlcmai compressor status indication is available
- .support (2-Fig. 3.1)
as option. It can be connected to the electronic control mixlule
- on Full-feature units, the spacers underneath transfonner
(.sec Fig. 1.8).
(T3-Fig. 1.8) (if provided)
2. Check that the electrical connections correspond lo the local
The following indications can be indicated by means of relays:
codes and that all wires are clamped tight to their terminals.
- Manual load/unload or automatic operation
The installation must be earthed and protected against short
- Warning condition
circuits by fuses of the inert type in all pha.ses. An isolating
- Shut-down condition
switch must be installed near the compres.sor.
3. Cheek transformer ( T l -Fig. 1.7) for correct connection, the
Attention
settings of drive motor overload relay (F2I)and fan motor
Stop the compressor and switch off the voltage before
circuit breaker (QI5) 1), and that overload relay (F2I) is
connecting external equipment. Consult Atlas Copco.
.set for automatic resetting.
4. Fitairoutlet valve(AV-Figs. I.2and3.3). Close the valve.
3.1.6 Remote control for GA Pack / Full-feature Connect the air net to the valve.
5. Connect the manual conden.sate drain valve (Dm-Fig. 1.4).
Attention Clo.sc the valve. Connect the valve to a drain collector.
Slop the compressor and switch o f f the voltage before See Figs. 2.3, 2.4 and 3.4.
24 :y2() i:?«<Joi
I {..Swiicli on ilie \oliai;c. Stari ihe tompressdi aiul slop u
iinmeclialely. Check ihc mlalioiulireclion ulihctlrixo inuioi
(Ml-|-i^s.'I.I and 1.2) ami Ian moior <M2-r-ii:. I.I) (on
mmmmmmmmmmmmmiimiigm air-cooled compressors) while (he molor is eoasiini; (o ;i
slop.
The correct rotation direction ol'the drive motor is indicatcil
by an arrow provided on the gear casing. If the rotation
direction is wrong, switch oil'the voltage and reverse two
incoming electric lines.
Rotation arrows, visible through the grating in the roof, arc
provided on the plate below the fan to indicate the correct
rotation direction of the fan motor. If necessary, switch oil
the voltage and reverse two incoming electric connections
at the terminals of circuit breaker (QL^-Fig. 1.7).
12. Check the programmed settings. 2) ; V
13. Start and run the compressor for a few minutes. Check thai
the coinpres.sor operates normally.
1 Transport boll, lo be removed

2 Transport support, to be removed
3 Vibration damper
Fig. 3.1 Transport fixations, motor side
6. Connect the automatic drain outlet (Da-Fig. 1.4) to a drain

collector. See Figs. 2.3. 2.4 and 3.4.
7. On water-cooled compressors, drain valves, shut-off valves
and a regulating valve should be fitted by the customer in
the cooling water piping.
8. Check the oil level. The pointer of level gauge (Gl-Fig. GL 1 DP1 AR 1 FC 2
3.2) should register in the green or orange range. Bottle (4-
Fig. 3.4) with Atlas Copco Roto-injectlluid can be u.sed for
topping up. See also section 4.3.
9. A label dealing in short with the operating instructions and AR Air receiver/oil separator
explaining the pictographs is delivered with the literature DPI Oil drain plug
set. Affix it next to the control panel. Make yourself familiar FC Oilfillerplug
with the instructions and pictographs explained, as well as Gl Oil level gauge
with those mentioned in section 2.6. OF Oil filter
10. Provide labels, warning the operator that: SV Safely valve
- the compressor automatically restarts after voltage 1 Transport spacer, to be re moved
failure (GA Pack/Full-fealurc. .see .section 1.3.1) 2 Vibration damper
- the compressor is automatically controlled and may be 3 Transport spacer, lo be removed
restarted (forCA Pack/Full-fcature even after manually
stopping, see section 1.3.1) Fig. 3.2 Oil system components and transport fixations
2920 1.189 01
2.^
yUMIStMfMM InsliULlioM lidok
Co Ca .^. it ihe reel pan nl service iiuliciilor ( V l - l - i g . .S.4) shows l u l l

(lul. replace air I'iiier clcnicnl (AI-). Rcsei ilio service
indicator by pushing the knob in ihe cxtreinily o f the body
and reset the .service warning 3).
O n water-cooled compressors also:

4. Check that the cooling water drain valves in the inlet and
outlet pipes are closed.
5. Open the cooling water iiilei valve.
6. Open the water How regulating valve. This step can be
overlooked if. alter previous operation, the selling o f this
valve has not been disturbed.
3.4 For GA Pack / Full-feature
3.4.1 S t a r t i n g (Fig. 1.9) ,^
1. Switch on the voluige. ChccClhal voltage on L E D (2) lights

DP1 FC AF
up. The message « C o n i p r e s s o r o l T » appears.
2. Open air outlet \alve (AV-Figs. i .2 and 3.3).
3. Clo.se conden.saie drain valve ( D m - F i g . 1.4).
4 . Press Stan button (8). The compressor starts running and
AF Air filter FC Oil Ciller plug
automatic operation L E D ( I ) lights up. Ten seconds 4) after
AR A i r receiver/oil Gl Oil level gauge
starting, the drive motor switches over from star to delta.
separator MT Air coolerinoisiurc
At the .same time 4) the compressor starts running loaded.
AV A i r outlet valve trap
The message on d i s p l a y ( 4 ) changes f r o m « A u t o
Ca Air cooler Ml Drive motor
u n l o a d e d » to « A u l o l o a d c d » .
Co Oil cooler OF Oil lillcr
DPI Oil drain plug, oil SV Safety valve
separator Vp Minimuin pressure
El Elektronikon valve
regulator
Fis;. 3.3 GA3() W Pack
3.3 Before starting CM

Cvj
O
f f the eompres.sor has not run for the past 6 months, it is strongly
recommended to improve the lubrication of the compres.sor
clement at starting: Remove bolts (2-Fig. 5.4). lift unloader
( U A ) a n d p o u r 3 / 4 l o f o i l into thecompres.sorelement. Rein.stall
(he unloader. M a k e sure that all connections arc tight.
AV Air outlet valve
1. Check the oil level (GI-Fig. 3.2). The pointer should register Dm Manual condensate drain valve
in the upper field o f the green range or in the orange range. 1 Condensate drain flexible for automatic drain
I f the pointer regi.sters in Ihe red range ( l o w range), 2 Condensate drain Hexible for manual drain
dcpressurize the oil sy.stem by unscrewing oil filler plug 3 Connecti(»n between flexible (2) and valve ( D m )
( F C ) one turn. Remove the plug and add oil until Ihe level 4 Bottle containing Atlas Copco Roto-injectfluid
reaches the filler opening. Fit and tighten the plug.
2 . I f ncecs.sary, empty the dust trap o f air filler ( A F - F i g s . I . I Fig. 3.4 Componenu: delivered with the compressor
and 3.3). (typical examples)
26 ?<>?(» n x ^ x i i
-/CLLUJH.XJP
F o r wator-coolc'd compressors also: 3.4.3 Checking the display

5. I( iicccssaiy. rciiulaic ihccooliiii; w;ucr (low durini;loaded
r u n n i n g ! lo obtain ihc most suiiabic icmpcralurc ai ilic diiilci 1. Regularly check display ( 4 F i g . 1.9) for readings an
o f (he compressor cicincni. i.e. between 2 and 7 dcurccs mes.sages. Normally, the main display (Fig. 1.10) i.s shou i
cclsius above ihc rclcvani icmpcralurc in Fij;. ^.5. For indicating the compressor outlet pressure, the sialus oCih
o p t i m u m operation, the cooling water outlet temperature compres.sor and the abbreviations o f the functions o f lii
must never exceed the value specified in section 7.5. keys below the display.
Consult Atlas Copco ifcondcnsatc should be Ibniied during 2. Always check display (4-Fig. 1.9) and remedy ihe irouhl
frequent unloading periods. i f alarm L E D (3) is alight or blinks. Consull section 1.3.1
3. The display ( 4 - F i g . 1.9) w i l l show a service message if on
of the monitored components is to be serviced: stop ih
3.4.2 During operation compressor, replace the component and reset the rclcvan
timer. 5)
I. Check the oil level d u r i n g loaded operation: the pointer
o f level gauge (Gl-Fig. .^.2) must register in the green range: Warning Heforc ((inyini; out any nun'iiiciuiiu c. rcpiiii <i
i f not. press slop button ( 9 - F j g . 1.9). w a i l until ihe (uljnslliwnl. Slop I lie c<)iiiprcss<n: press cnieriicnc
compressor has stopped, dcpressuri/e ihc oil system (by slop billion (S.^-Fiii. 1.9). swilcll o/f ihc volur.^,
unscrewing oil filler plug FC-Fig. .^.2 one turn) and wait a and (lepressiirize ihc compressor
few minutes. Remove the plug and add oil until the level
reaches the filler opening. Fit and tighten the plug. Notes
2. I f the red pan o f service indicator ( V l - F i g . 5.4) shows full Whenever a warning, service request, sensor error or moio
($- out. stop the compressor and replace air filler element (AF). overload message is displayed, the free spaces on the dispkr
Reset the service indicator by pushing the knob in the between function keys (5-Fig. 1.9) arc filled w i t h b l i n k i n ;
extremity o f the body and resci the .service warning 3). indicators ( * * ) .
3. W h e n automatic operation L E D ( I - F i g . 1.9) is alight, the When more than one message needs to be displayed (e.g
regulator is automatically conirolling the compressor, i.e. both warning and .service), the messages w i l l be displayet
loading, unloading, stopping o f the motors and restarting. one after the other for 3 .seconds.
CONDENSATION
TEMPERATURE
50672PEN
AIR INLET
TEMPERATURE
40 60 80 100
6 81012 1620
RELATIVE AIR
HUMIDITY % WORKING PRESSURE bar(e)
Example:
I f operating at a pressure o f 10 bar(e) in an ambient temperature o f 20 degrees cclsius and at a relative air humidity o f l(X) %. the
m i n i m u m temperature to prevent condensate from forming is 68 degrees Celsius. Regulate the cooling water f l o w during loaded
operation to obtain a temperature between 70 and approx. 75 degrees cclsius at the outlet o f the compres.sor clement.
F i g . 3.5 M i n i m u m compres.sor element outlet temperature for water-cooled compressors
2920 I.1K9 0 I
k c j i u l a r l y press key « M ( t r e » (.^-Tij;. 1.9) 7) ID c;ill up 3.5 For GA Standard Pack
i n l o n n a l i o n abuul ihc ;itlual compressor coiuliiion:
the status o r c o n l r o l h n i ; Ihc compressor (auioniaiic or 3.5.1 S t a r t i n g ( F i g . 1.14)
manual, local or renioie)
the status o f the compressor start/slop limer (on or olT) 1. .Swiich on the voltage.
6) 2. Open the air outlet valve.
the i n a x i i n u m allowable unloading pressure 3. I f installed, clo.sc the conden.sate drain valve. 11)
the outlet pressure 4. Check that push button (S3) is unlocked (pulled o u t ) and
the compressor clement ouilel temperature thai toggle s w i t c h (S4) is moved to the left (unloaded)
the dcvvpoini temperature 8) position.
the status o f the overload protection o f both ihc drive .*>. Press start button ( S I ) . The compressor starts r u n n i n g and
motor and fan motor 9) (normal or not) lamp ( H I ) lights up.
the total runnin'j and loadinsi hours 6. Move s w i i c h (S4) to the right to load the compressor.
F o r w a l e r - c o o l e d compressors al.so:
3.4.4 M a n u a l c o n t r o l ( F i g . 1.9) 10) 7. II'necessary, regulate ihe cooling water How d u r i n g l o a d e d
r u n n i n g to obtain ihc mostsuitable lemperaiure at ihc outlet
N o r m a l l y , the compressor runs in auioniaiic opcraiion. i.e. the of the compressor clemeni. i.e. between 2 and 7 degrees
e l e c t r o n i c regulator loads, unloads, stops and rcsiarls the Celsius above the relevant lcmpei9-ture in F i g . 3.."^. For
compressor automatically. L E D ( I ) is then alighi. optimum operation, the cooling-vvaier o u i l c ! lempcralurc
must never exceed the value s p e c i f i e d in s e c t i o n 7..'i.
i r r e q u i r e d , the compressor can he unloaded manually. In this
Consult Atlas Copco i f condensate should be formed d u r i n g
(fuse, the compressor is switched out o f auioniaiic opcraiion:
frequent unloading periods.
the compres.sor remains running unloaded unless ii is loaded
again manually.
M a n u a l l y unloading
Press the key « U n l d » (unload) (5). L E D ( I ) goes out, The 3.5.2 During operation
message « M a n u a l U n l o a d c d » appears on the display.

I. Check the o i l level d u r i n g loaded o p e r a t i o n : the pointer
M a n u a l l y loading o f level gauge ( G l - F i g . 3.2) must register in the green range;
Press the key « L o a d » {5). L E D ( I ) lights up. The command i f not. move switch (S4) to the left, w a i l 30 seconds and
« L o a d » does not force the compressor in loaded condition. then press stop button (S}). Deprcssuri/.e the o i l .system by
but it w i l l switch the compressor to automatic operation again: unscrewing o i l filler plug (FC-Fig. 3.2) one turn and wait a
the compres.sor w i l l be loaded if the air net pressure drops below few minutes. Remove the plug and add o i l u n t i l the level
the p r o g r a m m e d level. reaches the f i l l e r opening. Fit and tighten the p l u g . Pull
out button (S3).
Manually starting 2. I f the red part o f service indicator ( V I - F i g . 5.4) shows f u l l
In automatic operation, the regulator limits the number of motor out. replace air filter clement ( A F ) . Reset the .service
starts. I f the compressor is stopped manually, it must not be indicator by pushing the knob in the extremity o f the body.
restarted manually within 5 minutes after the last stop. 3. When automatic operation lamp ( H I ) is alight, the regulator
is automatically controlling the compressor, i.e. l o a d i n g ,
unloading, slopping o f the motors and restarting.
3.4.5 S t o p p i n g (Fig. 1.9)
1. Press slop button (9). L E D ( I ) goes out. The mcs.sagc

« P r o g r a m i T i e d s t o p » appears. The compressor runs 3.5.3 Stopping
unloaded for 30 seconds and then stops.
2 . T o s t o p the compressor i n case o f emergency, press button 1. M o v e s w i t c h (S4) to the left to unload the compressor and
( S 3 ) . A l a r m L E D (3) blinks. After remedying the fault. wait 30 seconds.
u n l o c k ihc button by pulling it out and press key « R . s c t » 2. Press stop button (S3). After stopping, unlock the button
( 5 ) before rcslarling. The mes.sagc « A 1 I conditions are by p u l l i n g it out.
O K » appears. Press keys « M c n u » and « M a i n » . 3. To stop the compressor i n case o f emergency, press bullon
3. Clo.sc air o u i l e l valve ( A V - Figs. 1.2 and 3.3) and switch (S3). Before restarting, unlock the button by p u l l i n g it out.
o f f the voltage. 4. Close the air outlet valve and switch o f f the v o l t a g e
4. O p e n condensate drain valve ( D m - F i g . 1.4). 5. I f i n . s t a l l c d . o p c n l h e c o n d c n s a t c d r a i n v a l v e . i l )
O n w a t e r - c o o l e d compressors o n l y
O n w a t e r - c o o l e d compressors o n l y
5 . C l o s e the c(K>ling water inlet v a l v e
5. Clo.sc the c o o l i n g water inlet v a l v e
6 . I f f r e e z i n g t e m p e r a t u r e s m a y be expected, d r a i n the
6. I f f r e e z i n g t e m p e r a t u r e s m a y be e x p e c t e d , d r a i n t h e
c o o l i n g s y s t e m completely.
cooling s y s t e m completely.
28 2921) 1.^89 01
3.6 Taking out of o p e r a t i o n at end of 4 Maintenance
compressor service life
Attention
At the end ol the service life ol' the compressor, procecil as 1. A p p l y all relevant safely precautions. includin>; ihos.
lollows: mentioned in this hook.
2. Read section 2.6 to I'ainiliari/e yourself with all warniii!
1. Stop the coinpres.sor and close the air outlet valve. lahels and pictographs.
2. Switch olTihe voltage and disconnect the compressor I'rom ^. Before c a r r y i n g out any maintenance or" repair on tJK
the mains. comprcs.sor:
.^. Depressuri/.e the compressor by opening plug (FC-Fig. .'^.2) F o r G A Pack/Full-feature. press stop button (9-Fi<j
one turn and hy opening valve ( D m - F i g . 1.4). 1.9). wait until the compressor has stopped (approx. M
4 . Shut olT and dcpressuri/,e the part o f the air net which is .seconds), press emergency slop button (S.^) and svviicl:
connected to the outlet valve. Disconnect the compressor o f f the voltage.
air outlet pipe from the air net. F o r G A S t a n d a r d Pack, move switch lS4-Fig. I N
."i. Isolate and disconnect the water system from the cooling to the left, wait .^0 seconds, press slop buiion (S.^l ami
water net. 121 switch o f f the voliayc.
6. Drain ;iie o i l . water 12) and condensate circuits. C l o s e a i r o u t l e i \ a l \ c ( . W - F i g s . 1.2 and .^..^l ami
7. Disconnect the condensate piping I'rom the condensate net. depressuri/e hy opening plug (FC-Fig. .^.2) one turn ami
by opening valve (Din-I"ig. 1.4).
4 . The air outlet valve (AV-Fjgs. 1.2 and .^..^^) can be locked
during maintenance or repair as follows:
Clo.sc the valve.
Remove Ihe bolt fixing ihe handle.
L i f t the handle and turn ii until the slot oClhe handle Ills
over the b l o c k i n g edge on the valve body.
L o c k the handle using the special boll and wrench
delivered loose with the compressor
4.1 Drive motor (Ml- Figs. 1.1 and 1.2)
Attention
Never m i x grea.ses o f different brands or types.
Footnotes chapter 3
The bearing.s must be rcgrea.sed each 4000 operating hours.
i ) On waicr-coolod units, circuit breaker (QI5) is installed but not The lubrication points are marked.
in operation. Check that the switch on the circuit breaker is in
po.siiion " I " . For GA30-45 / GA W 3(»-45
2) Consult the U.ser manual for the Elektronikon regulator. R e c o m m e n d e d grea.se: Atlas Copco Roto-GIide (ordering
3) For GA Pack/full-fcature: Using key « R . s c t » in subincnu number 2908 8513 (X) for a 400 g grease cartridge).
"Service". See U.ser manual for Elektronikon regulator, section Quantity: 15 g (11 g for non-drive end side o f G A 3 0 / G A W
"Service submenu".
30)
4) Programmable.
5) Using key « R s e t » : see U.ser inanual for Elektronikon regulator,
section "Service submenu". F o r G A 5 5 C w i t h Siemens m o t o r
6) Tlie compressor is automatically started and stopped if these start/ R e c o m m e n d e d grease: Atlas Copco Roto-GIide (ordering
stop cominands are prograinmed and activated: consult .section number 2908 8513 0 0 for a 4(K) g grease cartridge).
1.3.1. Quantity: 4 0 g
7) If the function « M o r c » is not indicated on the bottom line of
display (4-Fig. 1.9). press key « M e n u » (5) until function For G A 5 5 C with A B B motor
« M a i n » appears above key ( F l ) . then prcs.s the key « M a i n » . Recommended grease: Special high-quality ball bearing grease
8) For Full-feature compressors.
available f r o m A l i a s Copco (ordering number 2901 0338 01
9) For air-c(H>led compressors.
for a 4 0 0 g grease cartridge).
10) (f the « L o a d » o r « U n l d » (unload) function is not indicated
on the bottom line of display (4). press key « M e n u » (5) until Quantity: 16 g
the' function « M a i n » appears above key ( F l ) , then press the
kcy«Main».
I D A condensate drain system is available a.s option.
12) For watcr-c<x)led compressors.
2920 I.W9 01 29
4.2 Preventive maintenance schedule for the compressor 1)
Attention
For overhauling or carryinij oul prevcnlivc maiiilcnance. service kiis arc available. See .scclion 4.7. Adas Copco olTers several
types of Service coniracis. relieving you of all prevcnlivc mainicnance work. For more details, consult your ncarcsi Alias Copco
representative.
Tlic schedule comprises a summary ofthe maintenance instructions. Read the respective section before taking maintenance
measures. The "longer interval" checks must also include the "shorter interval" checks. When servicing, replace all
di.sengaged packings, e.g. gaskets. O-rings. washers.
Period 2) Running See See Operation

hours 2) .section notes
below
tahk-
Daily Before starting *.' ^ ""

ft
.. . T'J - Check oil level ( G l )
>
During operation
*t
~ ^.4B.5n.\ -- Check readings on display or gauges
i«
- - -- Check thai conden.sale is discharged during loading (Da)
-^.4/3.5 Check oil level (GI)
.3.4/3.5 Check air (liter service indicator (VI)
3.4/3.5 Regulate cooling water How (water-cooled compressors)
After stopping
3.4/3.5 Drain conden.sale (Dm)
3-monthly — 5.3 Operate .safety valve (SV)

t<
.. 4 Carry oul a LED/display test (Pack/Full-fealure)
•• .. 6 Check for possible leaks
u
500 5.2 I Inspect coolers (Ca/Co): clean if necessary
tl
500 I Inspect conden.ser ofdryer (Full-feature): clean if necessary
«1
500 1/9 Remove air filter element (AF), clean by air jet and inspect
Remove, dismantle and clean float valve of moisture trap (MT)
Yeariy 5.3 Have .safely valve (SV) tested

Have operation of electrical intcrlockings. motor breakers, etc. tested
Test temperature shut-down protection
t«
2000 " ~ Replace felt disc between air filter service indicator (VI) and its
connection
«« 2000 In.spect re.strictor (Rf2) for cleanness
II
4000 4.7/5.1 ~ Replace air filter element (AF)
It
4000 4.3/4.4/4.5/4.7 2/.3/8 If Alias Copco Rolo-injecinuid is used, change oil and replace oil
filler (OF)
•1
500 4.3/4.4/4.5/4.7 2/8 For 13 bar and 175 psi: if oil as specified in section 4.3.2 is u.sed.
change oil and oil filter
II
1000 4.3/4.4/4.5/4.7 2/8 For 7.5-8-10 bar and 1(MM25-150 psi: if oil as specified in section
4.3.2 is u.scd, change oil and oil filter
II ^^ __ 7 Have all ficxibles inspected
Clean compressor
4000 4.1 Regrca.se drive motor bearings (MI)
2-Yearly 8000 4.7 Have oil .separator (OS) replaced
30 2920 I.1K9 0I
Notes
1. Miirc Ircquciilly \\ lien operating in a dusty ainiusphcic.
2. Use jjenuine Atlas Copco filters.
3. Rccoinniended oil; Atlas Copco Rolo-injectlluid. F-or the chanije interval in extreme conditions of temperature, huniidilvoi
coolinj; air. consult Atlas Copco.
4. Consult the User Manual Tor Eleklronikon regulator, section "Test submenu".
.S. ForCA Pack/Full-reature:
Consult (he User Manual lor Eleklronikon regulator helore modifying ihe lemperaturc protection .sellings, section "Modify
.settings submenu".
Decrease Ihe shut-down warning level and shut-down level for the compressor element outlet temperature to ihe mininiuin.
Run the compressor; when reaching the setting, the unit must shut down. Atlcntion; reset the shut-down level and warnin-j
level to their original values.
ForGA Slandard Pack; consult Atlas Copco.
6. Any leak should be attended to immediately.
7. Damaged llcxihles iiuisl be replaced immediately.
8. Also inspect restrictor (RI2) for cleanness.
9. Replace the air filter element i I damaged or heavily contaminated.
4.3 Oil specifications Ambient Viscosity Viscosity

temperature "rade index
Attention
Never mix oils of different brands or types. Use only non- Consistently above • :• • ^
•"xicoils. 25 degrees Celsius ISO VG 68 Minimum 95
Belween 25 and 0 degrees
Celsius ISO VG 46 Minimum 95
4.3.1 Atlas Copco Roto-injectfluid
II is strongly recommended to u.se Alias Copco Rolo-injecilluid.

This is special oil for .screw compressors which keeps ihe 4.4 Oil change
compressor in cxcellcnl condition.
1. Run the comprcs.sor uniil warm. Slop ihc compressor and
Rolo-injecilluid can be ordered in following quanlilies: depressurize by un.scrcwing filler plug (FC-Fig. 3.2) one
turn to permit any pressure in ihc system lo escape. Wail a
few minutes and remove plug (FC) and vent plug (VP-Fig.
Roto-injectfluid Ordering number 1.1).
20-lilrecan 2901 0522 00 2. Drain the oil by removing drain plugs (DPI. DP2 and DP3-
209-liiredrum 2901 0045 01 Figs. 1.1 and 1.2). Fit and tighten all plugs (except for FC-
Fig. 3.2) after draining. Deliver the oil to Ihc local oil
colleclion service.
4.3.2 Mineral oil 3. Fill receiver (AR-Fig. 3.2) with oil until the level reaches
the filler neck. Take care that no dirt drops into the system.
Although Rolo-iniecllluid is recommended, mineral oil can be Fit and tighten plug (FC-Fig. 3.2).
u.sed aflcr taking following precaulions: 4. Run the compressor for a few minutes. Slop ihe compressor
Ihc previously used oil should llrsl be drained and ihe system and wait a few minutes to allow the oil to settle.
flushed Depre.ssuri/.e the system. Fill the receiver with oil until the
- the oil filler should be replaced level reaches the filler neck. Tighten plug (FC).
the oil must meet the requirements a.s specified below 5. Reset the oil .service warning. 3)
High-quality, mineral oil with oxidation inhibitors and anti-foam

and anti-wear properties. The viscosity grade must correspond
to the ambient temperature and ISO 3448. as follows:
2920 I.189 01
4.5 Oil filter change
1. Run the compressor unloaded for ^ minutes.

2. Slop the compressor and depressuri/c by un.screwing Ciller
plus; (FC-Fia. ^.2) one turn to permit any pressure in the
.system to escape.
3. Remove vent pluj; (VP-Fig. I.I). wait 5 minutes, remove
drain plus: (DP2-Fis:. 1.2) and catch the oil in a receptacle.
4. Remove oil (liter (OF-Fis?. 3.2).
5. Clean the dltcr scat on the manifold. Oil the gasket oftlie
new clement. Screw the element into place and tighten
9 8/10 7
(Irmly by hand.
6. Remove plug (FC-Fig. 3.2) and (ill with oil until the level
reaches the filler opening.
7. Tighten plugs (FC-Fig. 3.2). (VP-Fig. I.I) and (DP2-Fig.
1.2; ^ ^ ^• 1 O i l .separator kit 7 O i l Slop valve kit
X. Reset the oil (liter service vvarnins:. 3) 2 Moisture trap kit S ..^Thermostat kit
Filler kit y ••'"Unloadcr kit
4 Filter kit -: ro- Thermostat kit
4.6 Storage after installation 5 M i n i m u m pressure ll O i l kit (Atlas Copco
valve kit Rolo-injccinuid)
Run the compressor twice a week until warm. Load and unload 6 Check valve kit
the compressora (cw times. K" the compressor is stored without
running ("rom time lo lime, protective measures must be taken.
Consult Atlas Copco.
4.7 Service kits

Service kits are available olTering the benefits of genuine Atlas
Copco parts while keeping the maintenance budget low. The
kits comprise all parts needed for .servicing.
Sec sccti<»ns 4.1 and 4.3.1 for the ordering numbers for the
motor grease and Roto-injectHuid respectively.
Service kit for oil filters and air filters Ordering

number
Fig. 4.1 Preventive maintenance kits (typical examples)
GA30 all versions 2901 0325 00

GA37 (0-13 bar,
GA37 125-150-175 psi.
GA45/GA55C 13 bar.
GA45/GA55C 175 psi
GA37 7.5-X bar. GA37 100 psi.. 2901 0326 00

GA45/GA55C 7.5-8-10 bar.
GA45/GA55C 100-125-150 psi
F<Hitno(es chapter 4
1) U.se only authorized parts. Any damage or malfunction cau.scd

by the u.se of unauthorized parts is noi covered by Warranty or
>ervice kit for the oil separator Ordering Product Liability.
number 2) Whichever interval comes first. The loca( Sales Company may
overrule the maintenance .schedule, especially the .service
intervals, depending on the en vironmenta( and working conditions
;A30/45/55C 2901 0566 00 of the compres.sor.
3) For GA Pack/Full-featurc: Using key « R s c i » : sec U.scr manual
for Elektronikon regulator, section "Service submenu'.
12 2920 1.1X9 01
JtUasVopco
5 Adjustments and servicing 5.5 Load/unload pressure s w i t c h (PSR19-Fig.

procedures 5.1) on GA Standard Pack
The switch allows the operator to select the unloadini: pressure

5.1 Air filter (AF-Fig. 3.3)
and the pressure difference between the unlbadinj; and loading
pressures. The unloadini: and loading pressures are the opcnins;
1. Slop ihc compressor. Switch off the voltaic. Release the and closing pressures of the air pressure switch.
snap clips of Ihc filler and remove the dusi trap and air
(lllerelement. Clean the trap. Di.scard iheairllllcrelcmeni. Adjustment can only be carried out when the pressure
2. Fit the new elemcnl and the trap. switch is pressurized. Remove blocking dexice (I) before
3. Reset service indicator (VI-Fis:. 5.4) by pushini; (he knob adjusting knob (2).
in the extremity of ihc body.
4. Reset the air filter service warning. I) The unloading pressure is controlled by adjusiing knob (2).
Turn the knob clockwise to rai.se the unloading pressure, anti-
clockwise to lower it.
The pressure difference between unloading and loading is

5.2 Coolers adjusted by means of tlic same knob. The adjustment range is
given in Figs. 3.2 and .^..V Push down the knob and turn it
Keep the coolers clean to maintain the cooling efllciency. clockwi.se to reduce the pressure difference, anti-clockwise to
increase it.
On air-cooled compre.ssors
Remove any dirt from the coolers with a llbre brush. Never
u.sc a wire brush or metal objects. Then clean by air jet in
reverse directit)n of normal How while covering all compressor
parts under the coolers. If it is necessary to wash the coolers
with a cleansing agent, consult Atlas Copco.
On water-cooled compre.ssors
Consult Atlas Copco for cleaning.
5.3 Safety valve (SV-Fig. 3.2)
Operate the .safety valve, depending on the type of valve:

* by unscrewing the cap one or two turns and relightening it
or by pulling the valve lifting lever
Testing
The valve can be tested on a .separate compres.sed air line. If
the valve does not open at the set pressure stamped on the valve,
WarnUig No adjustments are allowed. Never run the

compressor without safety valve.
5.4 Safety devices of dryer on GA Full-

feature
The regulating and .safety devices are factory-adjusted to obtain I Bl(x:king device, to be removed before turning knob 2
optimum performance of the dryer. Do not alter the .setting of 2 Adjusting knob
any of the devices. 3 Switch
Fig. S.I Load/unload pressure switch (Standard Pack)
2920 I.1K9 0 I 33
5.6 Temperature shut-down switch on GA
LOADING I16
B
50402D Standard Pack
PRESSURE
bar(e)
(1) 14 Switch (TSHH11-Fig. 1.14) has an adjusting screw in the cciilio
at the hack of the housing ol' liic switch.
12 '
' The reset screw is located in the centre o f the indicator scale
/ /
10 and is protected by a cap. To reset the switch alter tripping,
unscrew the cap and turn the reset screw w i t h a screwdriver
R anti-clockwi.se.
4
8 10 12 14 16
UNLOADING
PRESSURE bar(e)
(2)
Pis'. .S.2 S w i t c h M D R 53/16
504010
LOADING
PRESSURE
bar(e) 10 /
(1) /
/
/
/
<—
7 y
7^
R ,/
y
/
/ t
/
// /
> y
1 AF A i r lllter
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 BV Oilcooler by-pass valve
E Compressor clement
UNLOADING
PRESSURE bar(e) UA Unloader
(2)
UV Unloading valve
VI A i r filter .service indicator
Yl Loading .solenoid valve
F i g . 5.3 S w i t c h M D R 53/11 1 A i r inlet pipe
2 Bolt
Example (Pig. 5.3): for 8 bar(e) unloading prcs.surc. the loading 3 Warning: potential risk o f sudden releasing o f spring
pressure is adjustable between 5 and 7.6 bar{c) underneath cover o f unloader d u r i n g disas.sembling.
have possible repair cairied out by Atlas Copco
Figs. 5.2 and 5.3 A d j u s t m e n t ranges for load/unload
pressure s w i t c h (Standard Pack) Fig. 5.4 View o f unloader and compressor clement
Po<)(n<ites chapter 5
I) For G A Pack/Full-feature: Using key « R . s e t » : see User manual for Elcktronikon regulator, section "Service submenu".
^4 2920 I3K9<II
6 Problem solving 4 Compressor air output o r pressure below normal
a ,'\ir cdiisuinplion cxceeils air (iiilpul ofcoinprcssdi
a Check ei|uipmenl connected
Attention
b Choked air inlet Ulier elemcni (AF)
1. Apply all relevani safety piecauiions. including those
b Replace filter element
mentioned in this hook.
c Solenoid valve (Y I) malfunctioning
2. Read section 2.6 to familiari/.e yourself with all warning
labels and pictographs. c See la
d Leak in control air llexibles
.^. Before carrying out any maintenance or repair on the
d .Sec Ic
compressor:
e Inlci valve (IV) does nol fully open
For GA Pack/Full-feature. press stop button (9-Fig.
e See lb
1.9). wait until the compressor has slopped (approx. 30
.seconds), press emergency stop button (S.i) and switch f Oil separator element (OS) clogged
f Have elemeni replaced
off the voltage.
g Air leakage
For GA Standard Pack, move switch (S4-Fig. 1.14)
g See Ic
to the left, wait .^0 seconds, press slop button {S?) and
h Safely valve (SV) leaking
switch off the voltage.
h Replace valve
- Close air outlet valve (.AV-Figs. 1.2 and .3.3) and
depressuri/e by opening plug (FC-Fig. 3.2) one turn and i Compressor element (E) out of Older
by opening valve (Dm-Fig. 1.4). i Consult Alias Copco
4. The air outlet valve (AV-Figs. 1.2 and 3.3) can be locked
5 Excessive oil flow t h r o u g h a i r inlet filter after stopping
during maintenance or repair as follows:
a Check valv'.' (CV) leaking or oil stop valve (Vs) jammed
Close the valve.
a Replace defective parts Replace air Filter element (AFi
Remove the bolt fixing the handle.
Lift the handle and turn it until the slot of the handle fits
6 Safety valve (SV) blows after loading
over the blocking edge on the valve body.
Lock the handle using the special bolt and wrench a Inlet valve (IV) malfunctioning
a See lb
delivered loo.se with the compressor.
b Minimum pressure valve (Vp) malfunctioning
5. Consult the User manual forElektronikonregulator(seclion
b See Id
"Status data submenu") if a service message or fault message
appears on display (4-Fig. 1.9) or when alarm LED (3-Fig. c Oil .separator element (OS) clogged
1.9) is alight or blinks. c See 4f
d Safely valve (SV) out of order
d See 4h
Mechanical faults and suggested remedies (Figs. 1.5 a n d
e On GA Full-feature, dryer piping clogged because of ice
1.6)
formation
e Have refrigerant .system checked by Atlas Copco
1 Compressor starts running, but does not load after a
delay time
7 Element outlet I) o r a i r outlet t e m p e r a t u r e above normal
a Solenoid valve (Y I) out of order
a InsufFicienl cooling air or cooling air temperature too high
a Replace valve
a Check for cooling air restriction or improve ventilation of
b Inlet valve (IV) stuck in elo.scd position
compressor room. Avoid recirculation of cooling air. If
b Have valve checked
installed, cheek capacity of compres.sor room fan. On water-
c Leak in control air (lexiblcs
cooled compre.s.sors. check cooling water flow; if necessary,
c Replace leaking flexible
have system cleaned
d Minimum pressure valve (Vp) leaking (when net is
b Oil level loo low
depressurized)
b Check and correct as necessary
d Have valve cheeked
e Oil cooler (Co) clogged
c Clean cooler
2 Compressor does not unload, safety valve blows
d By-pa.ss valve (BV) malfunctioning
a Solenoid valve (YI) out of order
a See la d Have valve tested
b Inlet valve (IV) docs not close e Air cooler (Ca) clogged
b See lb c Clean cooler
f Compressor elemeni (E) out of order
3 Condensate is not discharged from condensate t r a p f Sec 4i
during loading
a Di.schargc flexible clogged F4K>tn«tes chapter 6
a Check and correct as necessary
b Float valve malfunctioning 1) For GA Pack/Full-feature, a warning mcs.sage will appear on
b Remove float valve assembly, clean and check display (4-Fig. 1.9).
2920 1.^X9 01 35
7 Principal data
7.1 Readings on display (Fig. 1.9) or gauges

(Fig. 1.14) 1)
Ref.: Air outlet pressure On Full-feature also:

Rcadini;: Modulates bclwcon proiirainnicd unloading and Ref.: Dewpoint temperature
loadini! pressures Reading: Approx. 4 degrees Celsius
Shown; On gauge Gp (Fig. 1.14) or main display (Fig. Shown: When using key « M ( i r e » (.S-Fig. 1.9)
lid)
Ref.: Compre.s.sor element outlet temperature

Reading: Appro.x. 60 degrees celsius above cooling air
lemperaiurc or above cooling water inlet
icmpciaiure
Siiown: On gauge T S H H 11 (Fig. 1.14) or when using key
« M o r e » (.S-Fig. 1.9)
7.2 Settings of overload relay and fuses
Compressor tvpe Supply voltage Frequency Max. .setting of relay F21 Fuses Fu.ses Fuses
^ . . . I EC CSA HRC ULK5
(V) (Hz) (A) (A) (A) (A)
GA3()/30W 230 50 • 67 160 - -

GA30/3()W 4(K) 50 39 100 - -
GA30/3()W 5(X} 50 31 80 - -
GA37/37W 230 50 79 160 . _

GA37/37W 400 50 46 100 - -
GA37/37VV 500 50 36 HO - -
GA45/45W 230 50 97 2x 100 - _

GA45/45W 400 50 56 125 - -
GA45/45W 500 50 45 100 - -
GA55C 230 50 122 250 _ -

GA55C 400 50 70 160 - -
GA55C 500 50 56 125 - -
GA30/30W 220/230 60 68 160 150 150

GA30/30W 380 60 41 100 - -
GA30/30W 440/460 60 34 80 80 80
GA30/30W 575 60 27 - 45 45
GA37/37W 220/230 60 82 200 175 175

GA37/37W 380 60 48 125 - -
GA37/37W 440/460 60 41 100 90 90
GA37/37W 575 60 32 - 60 60
GA45/45W 220/230 60 100 200 200 200

GA45/45W 380 60 59 125 - -
GA45/45W 440/460 60 50 125 no 110
GA45/45W 575 60 39 - 90 90
GA55C 220/230 60 113 250 250 250

GA.5.5C 440/460 60 57 125 150 150
GA55C 575 60 45 100 100
36 2920 I.^XVOI
7.3 Settings of fan motor circuit breaker (air-cooled compressors)
Compressor Supply vol(a<>f Fre<|iienc> Max. sc'Kinu of breaker Q15

(V) (Hz) (A)
GA3()/37/45 230 50 4.7

GA3()/37/45 400 50 2.7
GA3()/37/45 500 50 2.2
GA55C 230 50 8
GA5^C 400 50 4.7
GA55C 500 50 3.8
GA3()/37/45 220/230 60 4.2

GA3()/37/45 3S0 60 2.4
t GA3()/37/45
GA3()/37/45
440/460
575
60
60
2.4
i.y
GA55C 220/230 60 9.7

GA35C 440/460 60 5.6 (CSA LIL)
GA55C 575 60 4.4 (CSA UL)
7.4 Settings of dryer switches (GA Full-feature)
Ccndcnsci" Ian conirol swiich

- Cul-oui pressure bar(o) 16.7
- Swiich-on pressure bar(c) 18
Shul-cJovvn swiich bai"(e) 31
7.5 Compressor specifications
7.5.1 Reference conditions
Air inlet pressure (absolute) bar I

Air inlet temperature eelsius 20
Relative humidity % 0
Working pressure bar(e) See nominal values below
••.'•i
On water-cooled units also:
Cooling water inlet temperature Celsius 20
7.5.2 Limitations
Maximum working pressure bar(c) See maximum values below

Minimum working pressure bar(e) 4
Maximum air inlet temperature cclsius 40
Minimum air inlet temperature cclsius 0
On water-cooled units also:

Max, C(K)ling water outlet temperature cclsius 50
Max. c<K)ling water inlet pressure bar(e) 5
2920 1.189 01 37
7.5.3 G A 3 0 / G A 3 0 W Standard Pack/Pack 2)
Compressor lypc 7.5 bar 8 bar 10 bar 13 bar 100 psi 125 psi 150 psi 175 psi
Frequency Hz .50 50 50 .50 60 60 60 60

Maximum (unloading!)
pressure bar(e) 7.5 8 10 13 7.4 9.1 It). 8 12.5
Nominal workiiiii pressure . . . bar(e) 7 8 9.5 12.5 6.9 8.6 10.3 12
-Tcmpcraiurc of air leavinj!
ouilel valve, approx Celsius 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29
Drive motor, SIEMENS . . . . . 1 LA 5 1 LA 5 1 LA 5 1 LA 5 1 LA 5 1 LA 5 1 LA 5 1 LA 5
189-2 189-2 189-2 189-2 189-2 189-2 189-2 189-2
Mo(or shaft speed r/min 2955 2955 2955 2955 3555 3555 3555 3555
Power input. GA kW ."0.8 36.5 35.4 36.4 35.3 37.2 35 36
Power input. GA W kW .^4.7 ••.5.3 34.2 35.2 34 36 33.8 .M.8
Oil capacity. GA I 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6
Oil capacity. GA W I 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 -- 17.9 17.9
Mean sound pressure level 3). dB 65 65 65 64 65 65- •- 65 64
C<K)linsi water consumption.
GA W 4) l/min 32 T.? 32 -{-> 32 32 ^-> 32
j£(K)lins; water consumption.
GA W5) l/min 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48
7.5.4 G A 3 0 / G A 3 0 W FuH-feature 2)
Compressor type 7.5 bar 8 bar 10 bar 13 bar 100 psi 125 psi 150 psi 175 psi
Frequency Hz 50 50 50 50 60 60 60 60
Maximum (unloading)
pressure bar(e) 7.25 7.75 9.75 12.75 7.15 8.85 10.55 12.25
Nominal working pressure . . . bar(c) 7 7.75 9.5 12.5 6.9 8.6 10.3 12
Temperature of air leaving
outlet valve, approx celsius 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Drive motor. SIEMENS I LA 5 I LA 5 I LA 5 I LA 5 I LA 5 I LA 5 I LA 5 I LA 5
189-2 189-2 189-2 189-2 189-2 189-2 189-2 189-2
Motor shaft .speed r/min 2955 2955 2955 2955 3555 3555 3555 3555
Power input. GA kW 38 .38.1 37.6 -38.5 37.8 39.9 37.7 38.3
Power input. GA W kW 36.8 36.9 36.4 37.4 36.6 .38.5 36.4 37.1
Oil capacity. GA I 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6
Oil capacity. GA W I 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9
Mean sound pressure level 3). dB 65 65 65 64 65 65 65 64
C(K)lin« water con.suinption.
GA W 4) l/min 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32
[Tooling water consumption.
3A W 5) l/min 48 48 48 48 48. 48 48 48
Refrigerant type R404a R404a R404a R404a R404a R404a R4()4a R4{)4a
Refrigerant charge kg 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
*rc.s.sure dewpoinl. approx. 6) celsius
3<^2() I.^KÔI
/UlasQ)
Ci)iiiprcss()itypo 7..5 bar S bar 10 bar 13 bar 100 psi 125 psi 150 psi 175 psi
Frequency H/. 50 .M) 50 50 60 60 60 60

Maximuin (unloading)
pressure bar(c) 7.5 8 10 13 7.4 9.1 10.8 12.5
Nominal w o r k i n g pressure . . . bar(e) 7 8 9.5 12.5 6.9 8.6 10.3 12
Teinperalure o f a i r leaving
oudci valve, approx colsius 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29
Drive nioior. S I E M E N S 1 LA 5 ( LA 5 1 LA 5 1 LA 5 1 LA 5 1 LA 5 1 LA 5 1 LA 5
209-2 209-2 209-2 209-2 209-2 209-2 209-2 209-2
M o l o r shall speed r/niin 2960 2960 2960 2960 3560 3560 3560 3560
Power input. G A kW 44.9 45.5 44 44.2 45.3 44.7 45 44.2
Power input. G A W . . . . . . . . kW 4.3.7 44.4 42.8 43.1 43.8 43.5 43.7 43
(f O i l capaciiy. G A I 16.3 16.3 16.3 16.3 16.3 16.3 16.3 16.3
O i l capacity. G A W I 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9
Mean sound pressure level 3 ) . dB 66 66 66 65 66 66 66 65
Cooling water consumption.
G A W 4) l/min 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39
G A W 5) l/min 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59
7.5.6 GA37/GA37W Full-feature 2 )
Compressor type 7.5 bar 8 bar 10 bar 13 bar 100 psi 125 psi 150 psi 175 psi
Frequency Hz 50 50 50 50 60 60 60 60
M a x i m u m (unloading)
prcs.surc bar(e) 7.25 7.75 9.75 12.75 7.15 8.85 10.55 12.25
Nominal w o r k i n g pressure . . . bar(e) 7 7.75 9.5 12.5 6.9 8.6 10.3 12
Temperature o f a i r leaving
outlet valve, approx celsius 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Drive motor. S I E M E N S J LA 5 1 LA 5 1 LA 5 1 LA 5 1 LA 5 1 LA 5 1 LA 5 1 LA 5
209-2 209-2 209-2 209-2 209-2 209-2 209-2 209-2
M o t o r shaft .speed r/min 2960 2960 2960 2960 3560 3560 3560 3560
Power input, G A kW 47.6 47.6 46.8 47 48.4 47.9 48 47.3
Power input, GA W kW 46.5 46.5 45.6 45.8 47 46.7 46.8 46.1
O i l capacity. G A I 16.3 16.3 16.3 16.3 16.3 16.3 16.3 16.3
O i l capacity, G A W I 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9
Mean sound pre.s.surc level 3 ) . dB 66 66 66 65 66 66 66 65
Cooling water c o n s u m p t i o n .
GAW4) l/min 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39
C<M)ling water c o n s u m p t i o n .
GA W5) l/min 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59
Refrigerant l y p c R404a R4()4a R404a R404a R404a R404a R404a R4()4a
Refrigerant charge kg 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
Pressure dcwpoint. approx. 6) C 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
2V20 l.1«9()l
/OlasCopco Instruction book
Compressor typo 7.5 bar 8 bar 10 bar 13 bar 100 psi 125 psi 150 psi 175 psi
Frequency Hz 50 50 50 50 60 60 60 60
Maximum (unloading)
pressure bar(c) 7.5 8 10 13 7.4 9.1 10.8 12.5
Nominal working pressure . . . bar(e) 7 8 9.5 12.5 6.9 8.6 10.3 12
Temperature of air leaving
(HJtlei valve, approx ccisius 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29
Drive motor. SIEMENS 1 LA 9 1 LA 9 1 LA 9 1 LA 9 1 LA 9 1 LA 9 1 LA 9 1 LA 9
209-2 209-2 209-2 209-2 209-2 209-2 209-2 209-2
Motor shaft speed r/min 2965 2965 2965 2965 3565 3565 3565 3565
Power input. GA kW 53.1 51.1 53.8 54.8 54.4 .53.8 53.8 53.9
Power input. GA W kW 51.9 49.9 52.6 53.6 52.7 52.6 52.6 52.7
Oil capacity I 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9
Mean sound pressui"e level 3). dB 67 67 67 66 67 67 67 66
dulling water consumption.
3A W 4) l/min 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47
3A W 5) l/min 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70
7.5.8 G A 4 5 / G A 4 5 W Full-feature 2)
7oniprcssor type 7.5 bar 8 bar 10 bar 13 bar lOOp.si 125 psi 150 psi 175 psi
Tcquency Hz 50 50 50 50 60 60 60 60
Maximum (unloading)
ire.ssure bar(e) 7.25 7.75 9.75 12.75 7.15 8.85 I0..55 12.25
iJominal working pressure . . . bar(c) 7 7.75 9.5 12.5 6.9 8.6 10.3 12
emperature of air leaving
lutlet valve, approx celsius 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
)rive motor. SIEMENS 1 LA 9 1 LA 9 1 LA 9 1 LA 9 1 LA 9 1 LA 9 1 LA 9 1 LA 9
209-2 209-2 209-2 209-2 209-2 209-2 209-2 209-2
'lolor shaft speed r/min 2965 2965 2965 2965 3565 3565 3565 3565
'ower input. GA kW 56.3 53.5 57 58.1 58.2 57.6 57.7 57.8
tiwer input. GA W kW 55.2 52.3 55.8 56.9 56.5 56.3 56.4 56.5
Ml capacity 1 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9
loan .sound pressure level 3). dB 67 67 67 66 67 67 67 66
ooling water consuinption.
;A W 4 ) l/min 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47
tH>ling water consumption.
A W 5) l/min 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70
cfrigerani type R4()4a R4()4a R4()4a R4()4a R404a R404a R404a R404a
cfrigerant charge kg 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
icssure dewpoint. approx. 6) celsius 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Inscruclion book /OlasCopco
7.5.9 G A 5 5 C Standard Pack/Pack 2)
C«>mprcss()r lypc 7.5 bar 10 bar 13 bar 100 psi 125 psi 150 psi 175 psi
Frequency Hz 50 50 50 60 60 60 60
Maximum (unloading) pressure bar(e) 7.5 10 13 7.4 9.1 10.8 12.5
Nominal working pressure bar(c) 7 9.5 12.5 6.9 8.6 10.3 12
Temperature of air leaving outlet
valve, approx celsius 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Drive motor. ABB M2AA- M2AA- M2AA- - - - -
225 225 225
Drive motor. SIEMENS - - - ILA6 ILA6 ILA6 ILA6
228-2 228-2 228-2 228-2
Motor shall speed r/min 2975 2975 2975 3575 3575 3575 3575
I Power input kW 64.8 66.1 65.8 66.3 66 65.7 67.5
Oil capacity I 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9
Mean sound pressure level.
Pack/Standard Pack 3) dB 73/74 73/74 7.3/74 7.5/76 7.5/76 75/76 75/76
7.5.10 G A 5 5 C Full-feature 2)
Compressor type 7.5 bar 10 bar 13 bar 100 psi 125 psi 150 psi 175 psi
Frequency H/ 50 50 50 60 60 60 60
Maximum (unloading) pressure bar(c) 7.25 9.75 12.75 7.15 8.85 10.55 12.25
Nominal working pressure bar(c) 7 9.5 12,5 6.9 8.6 10.3 12
Temperature of air leaving outlet
valve, approx celsius 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Drive motor. ABB M2AA- M2AA- M2AA- - - - -
225 225 225
Drive motor. SIEMENS - - - ILA6 ILA6 ILA6 ILA6
•?28-^ 228-2 228-2 228-2
Motor shaft speed . . . . . . " ! 7. T . ' . . . . . . . r/niin 2975 2975 2975 3575 3575 3575 .•^575
Power input ^'5i^ . kW 6S.2 69.5 69.2 70.6 69.4 70 71.8
I Oil capacity I 17.9
73
17.9
73
17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9
75
Mean sound pressure level 3). . ." dB 73 75 75 75
Refrigerant type R4()4a R4()4a R4()4a R404a R4()4a R404a R4()4a
Refrigerant charge kg 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
Pressure dewpoint. approx. 6) celsius 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
^'l">(l I <X") <ll

/UlasCopco Instruction hook
7.6 Conversion list of SI units into US/British units

I bar = 14.504 psi I I = 0.220 Imp •;al ( U K ) I inbar = 0.401 in water c o l u m n
I sx = 0.035 «z 11 = 0.035 cu.ft I N = 0.225 Ibl
I k W = 1.341 h p ( U K a n d U S ) 1 l/s = 2.1 I T c f m I N m = 0.738 Ibl.U
I I = 0.264 US gal I mm = 0.039 in x degrees cel.sius = (32 + 1.8 x) degrees fahrenheil 7)
'•M>in<>(e!> chapter 7
I f-or GA Pack and Full-leature. see section .^.4 and the User manual lor Elektronikon regulator, sections "Main display" and "More
lunciion".
J At reference conditions. S bar/.SO H/ versions are available as an option.
t According to PNEDROP PNKNTC2.2.
» At water inlcl letnperattire below 2.'> degrees celsius and temperature rise ol' I.S degrees Celsius,
t Ai water inlet temperature between 25 and 40 degrees celsius and temperature rise ol" 10 degrees celsius.
• A I 20 degrees celsius/KM)'/ relative humidity.
I A leniperuture dillerence ol I degree celsius = a temperature dillerence ol' I .K degrees lahrenheit.
What sels Alias Copco apart as a company is our
conviction that we can Oiily excel in what we do if we
provide the best possible know-how and technology to really
help our customers produce, grow and succeed.
. There is a unique way of achieving (hat - we simply call
it the Atlas Copco way. It builds on interaction, on long-
term relationships and involvement in the custorners"
process, needs and objectives. It mearis having the
flexibility to adapt to the diverse demands of thepeople '
we cater for. ;/j ' •
It"s the commitment to our customers" business that
drives our effort towards increasing their productivity
through better .solutions It .starts with fully supporting
existing products and continuously doing things better, but it
goes much further, creating advances in technology through.
innovation. Not for the sake of technology, but for the .sake
of our customer's bottom line and peace-of-mmd •
That is how Atlas Copco \yill strive to remain the first
choice, to succeed in attracting new business and to main-
tain our po.sition as the industry leader.
•
U
O
o
ON
O
<N
o^
CM
-.«*&.;; C
Z
WdsCdpisd
••^jT,"-. ••'.;••.••"
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS (continued)
the unit to contain air above atmospheric pressure shall be protected 4. Before removing any pressuri/ed component, effectively isol;i
by a pressure-relieving device or devices as required. unit from all sources of pressure and relieve the entire sysli
pressure.
13. Pipework or other parts w i t h a temperature in excess of 80 degrees
Celsius and which may be accidentally touched by personnel in nonnal
5. Never use llammable solvents or carbon tetrachloride for cic
operation shall be guarded or insulated. Other high-lempcralure
parts. Take safety precautions against toxic vapours o f cle
pipework shall be clearly marked.
liquids.
14. i r the ground is not level or can be subject to variable inclination,
6. Scrupulously observe cleanliness during maintenance and r
Keep dirt away by covering the parts and exposed openings \
15. The electrical connections shall correspond to the kx-al ctxles. The clean cloth, paper or tape.
units shall be grounded and protected against short circuits by fuses.
7. Never weld or perform any operation i n v o l v i n g heat near il
.system. O i l tanks must be completely purged, e.g. bv steam-cle:
Operation before carrying out such operations.
I. A i r hoses shall bo o f c o n e c l size and suitable for the working pressure. Never weld on. or in any way modify, pres.sure vessels.
Never use frayed, damaged or deteriorated hoses. Use only the correct
type and si/.e of hose end fittings and connections. When blowing Whenever there is an indication or any suspicion that an in
through a hose or air line, ensure that the open end is held securely. part of a machine is overheated, the machine shall he stopped I
f A free end w i l l w h i p and may cause injury. Make sure that a hose is inspectiim covers shall he <ipened before sufllcient ciuiliny
fully depressuri/ed before di.sconnecting it. has elapsed; this to avoid the risk of spontaneous ignition of i
vapour when air is admitted.
Never play with compres.sed air. Do not apply it to your skin or
direct an air stream at people. Never use it to clean dirt from your Never u.se a light source with open llaine for inspecting the in
clothes. When using it lo clean equipment, do so with extreme caution of a machine, pressure vessel, etc.
I and u.se eye protection.
S. Make sure that no tools. loose parts or rags are left in or on tlu
2. The compressor is not considered as capable of producing air of
breathing quality. For breathing air quality, the compressed air must y. Before clearing the unit for use after maintenance or overhaul. •
be adequately purified according to local legislation and standards. that operating pressures, temperatures and time .settings are c
and that the control and shut-down devices function coirecli
.^. Never operate the unit when there is a possibility of taking in
removed, check that the coupling guard of the compressor drive
llammable or toxic fumes.
has been reinstalled.
4. Never operate the unit at pressures below or in excess of its limit
ratings as indicated on the Principal Data sheet. 10. Every time the separator element is renewed, examine the disc
pipe and the inside of the oil separator vessel for carbon depo>
3. Keep all bodywork doors shut during operation. The doors may be excessive, the deposits should be removed.
o|icned for short periods only. e.g. to carry out checks. Wear ear
protectors when opening a do<ir. 11. Protect the motor, air filler, electrical and regulating compo:
etc. to prevent moisture from entering them. e.g. when steam-cle:
6. People staying in environments or rooms where the .sound pressure
level reaches or exceeds *•)() dB( A ) shall wear ear protectors. 12. Make sure that all .sound-damping material, e.g. on the bod>
and in the air inlet and outlet systems of the compressor, is in
7. Periodically check that:
condition. If damaged, replace it by genuine Atlas Copco m;i
a. A l l guards are in place and securely fastened
to prevent the sound pressure level from increasing.
b. A l l hoses and/or pipes inside the unit are in goixl condition, secure
and not rubbing 13. Never use caustic solvents which can damage materials of tl
c. There are no leaks net. e.g. polycarbonate howls.
d. A l l fasteners are tight
e. A l l electrical leads are secure and in gixid order 14. The f o l l o w i n g safety precautions are stressed when han
f. Safety valves and other pressure-relief devices are not obstructed refrigerant:
hy dirt or paint a. Never inhale refrigerant vapours. Check that the working
g. A i r outlet valve and air net. i.e. pipes, coupling.s. manifolds, is adequately ventilated: i f required, use breathing protect
valves, hoses, etc. are in good repair, free of wear or abuse
b. Always wear special gloves. In ca.se o f refrigerant coniac
• 5. If warm cooling air from compressors is used in air heating sysiems. the skin, rinse the skin with water. If liquid refrigerant civ
e.g. to warm up a workr<H)in. take precautions against air pollution
the skin through clothing, never tear o f f o r remove the •
and possible contamination of the breathing air.
Hush abundantly with fresh water over the clothing un
S). Do not remove any of. or lumper w i t h , the sound-damping material. refrigerant is flushed away: then seek medical first aid.
c. Always wear safety glasses.

Maintenance \fi. Protect hands to avoid injury from hot machine parts, e.g. o
draining o f o i l .
Maintenance and repair work shall only he carried out under su|Krvision
«>f someone qualified for the job.
Note: With stationary machine units driven by an internal comhi
1. Use only the correct liiols for maintenance and repair work. engine, allowance has lo be made for extra safety precautions, e g
2. Use only genuine spare parts. arreslors. fuelling care. etc. Consult .Atlas Copco.
.V A l l maintenance w o r k , other than routine attention, shall only he

undei'laken when the unit is stopped, the main power supply is
All responsibility for any damage or injury resulting; from nenlc
.switched o f f and the machine has cooled down. Take jMisilive
these precautions, or by non-ob.servance of ordinary caution an-
precaution to en.surc that the unit cannot be started inadvenenlly.
care re<|uired in handling, operating, maintenance or repair, e-
In addition, a w a r n i n g sign bearing a legend such as "work in not expressly mentioned in this himk, will be disclaimed by
progress; do not start" shall be attached to the starling equipment. C."opco.
GA5 up to GA90C
.*
t K
t
i
'^*^•^-
<•
1 ^p'^'^
j ^ V « A
**
1 5 -,
•
i-^^ssj ^
^"^^'K^r -
i. < ^
e'^ ^ *f
V %
•I' < T ' ^'' lv%
1^4
'^ N!* '' J M ,^
!• "* w '
^ * ', • ^ <-
>
It * . l 4 "^ , -• I
•f
2, "*
|- l 1- y^ , 1
' .' ""

's
User Manual
for Elektronikon® regulator
/UlasCopco
OWNERSHIP DATA
Unit lypc: . . . Owner's machine No.:
Motor lypc: . . Unit serial No.:
Delivery dale: Motor serial No.: . . .
Service Plan: . First start-up date: . .
Selected lubricants
Compressor: Capacity:
Bearing grease type, electric motor:
Printed IVlatter Nos.

Atlas Copco instruction book: Motor instruction book:
Atlas Copco parts list: Motor parts list:
Atlas Copco logbook:
Local Atlas Copco Representative

Name:
Address:
Telephone: Contact persons: Service:
Telex: Parts: . .
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
ji To be read attentively and acted accordingly before installing, operating or repairing the unit.
These recommendations apply to machinery processing or consuming air or inert gas. Processing of any other gas requires
additional safety precautions typical to the application which are not included herein.
In addition to normal safety rules which should be observed with stationary connections shall be of correct size and suitable for the working
air compressors and equipment, the following safety directions and pressure.
precautions are of special importance. •
3. Place the unit where the ambient air is as cool and clean as possible.
When operating this unit, the operator must employ safe working practices If necessary, install a suction duct. Never obstruct the air inlet. Care
and observe all related local work safety requirements and ordinances. shall be taken to minimize the entry of moisture with the inlet air.
The owner is responsible for maintaining the unit in a safe operating 4. The aspirated air shall be free from flammable fumes or vapours,
condition. Parts and accessories shall be replaced if unsuitable for safe e.g. paint solvents, that can lead to internal tire or explosion.
operation.
5. Air-cooled units shall be installed in such a way that an adequate
Installation, operation, maintenance and repair shall only be performed by flow of cooling air is available and that the exhausted air does not
authorized, trained, competent personnel. recirculate to the inlet.
Normal ratings (pressures, temperatures, time settings, etc.) shall be durably 6. Arrange the air intake so that loose clothing of people cannot be
marked.
sucked in.
Any modification on the compressor shall only be performed in agreement
7. Ensure that the discharge pipe from the compressor to the aftercooler
with Atlas Copco and under supervision of authorized, competent personnel.
or air net is free to expand under heat and that it is not in contact
If any statement in this book, especially with regard to safety, does with or close to flammable material.
not comply with local legislation, the stricter of the two shall apply.
8. No external force may be exerted on the air outlet valve: the connected
These precautions are general and cover several machine types and pipe must be free of strain.
equipment; hence some statements may not apply to the unit(s)
9. If remote control is installed, the unit shall bear an obvious sign
described in this book.
reading:
DANGER: This machine is remotely controlled and may start

Installation without warning.
As a further safeguard, persons switching on remotely controlled

Apart from general engineering practice in conformity with the local safety
units shall take adequate precautions to ensure that there is no one
regulations, the following directives are specially stressed:
checking or working on the machine. To this end. a suitable notice
1. A compressor shall be lifted only with adequate equipment in shall be affixed to the start equipment.
conformity with local safety rules.
10. On units with automatic start-stop system, a sign stating "This
Loose or pivoting parts shall be .securely fastened before lifting. It is machine may start without warning" shall be attached near the
strictly forbidden to dwell or stay in the risk zone under a lifted load. instrument panel.
Lifting acceleration and retardation shall be kept within safe limits.
11. In multiple compressor systems manual valves shall be installed to
Wear a safety helmet when working in the area of overhead or lifting isolate each compressor. Non-return valves (check valves) shall not
equipment. be relied upon for isolating pressure systems.
I. Any blanking flanges, plugs, caps and desiccant bags shall be 12. Never remove or tamper with the safety devices, guards or insulations
removed before connecting up the pipes. Distribution pipes and fitted on the unit. Every pressure ves.sel or auxiliary installed outside
2920 1377 01 1/2 (continued on inside of cover)

GA5 up to GA90C
User Manual for Elektronikon® regulator
Important
1. This Manual applies exclusively to the compressors equipped with the Atlas Copco Elektronikon
regulator.
2. This Manual must be used together with the relevant Instruction books for the compressors.
Copyright 1999, Atlas Copco Airpower n.v., Antwerp, Belgium.

Any unauthorized use or copying of the contents or any part thereof is prohibited. This applies
in particular to trademarks, model denominations, part numbers and drawings.
• This instruction book meets the requirements for instructions specified by the machinery directive
89/392/EEC and is valid for CE as well as non-CE labelled machines.
No. 2920 1207 05
Registration coderAPC G5-10/'98 / 38 / 995

APC 011-22/38/983
APC G30-45/'98 / 38 / 995
APC G55-90C/'96 / 38 / 988
Replaces 2920 1207 04
1999-04 Web-site: http://www.atlascopco-compressors.com
lilllllllllllliliilllil /tdasCopco
* 2 9 2 0 1 2 0 r O S
jtuascopcc User manual
Contents
Page Page
1 General description 3 10.3 Calling up running hours and service level 14
I. I Controlling the compressor 3 10.4 Service reset 14
1.2 Prolecling the compressor 3
1.2.1 Shut-down and motor overload 3 11 Test submenu: display test 14
1.2.2 Shut-down warning 3 11.1 Function 14
1.2.3 Control of motor rotation direction 3 11.2 Procedure , 14
1.2.4 Warning 3
1.3 Monitoring components subject to service (service 12 Modify settings submenu: modifying settings for
warning) 3 regulation, protection and service 15
1.4 Automatic restart after voltage failure 3 12.1 Function 15
12.2 Procedure 15
2 Control panel 4
12.3 Modifying compressor regulation settings 15
2.1 Indicators, keys and buttons 4
12.3.1 Modifying the loading pressure 15
2.2 Pictographs 4
12.4 Modifying protection^settings 16 ^
3 Display - keys 5 12.4.1 Element outlet temperati;^]^ 16 "
3.1 Display 5 12.4.2 Dewpoint temperature^. 17
3.2 Scroll keys 5 12.4.3 Cooling water outlef temperature 17
3.3 Tabulator key 5 12.5 Modifying service settings 18
^ . 4 Function keys 5
13 Timer submenu: programming compressor start/stop
4 Menu-driven control programs 5
commands 19
4.1 Function of control programs 5
13.1 Function 19
4.2 Selecting a menu 9
13.2 Procedure 19
4.2.1 Main display 9
13.2.1 To program start/stop commands 19
4.2.2 Calling up other menus 9
13.2.2 To activate/deactivate the timer 19
4.2.3 Returning to the main menu or main display 9
13.2.3 To display the list of commands 19
5 Main display: compressor status in short/gateway 13.2.4 To modify a command 19
to all functions 9 13.2.5 To add a command 20
5.1 Function 9 13.2.6 To delete a command 20
5.2 Procedure 9
14 Configuration submenu: reprogramming time,
6 Main menu: gateway to other functions 10
date, display language, units, motor start mode
6.1 Function 10
and date format 21
6.2 Procedure 10
14.1 Function 21
7 Status data submenu: calling up status of protection 14.2 Procedure 21
functions and resetting 10
7.1 Function 10 15 Saved data submenu: calling up compressor
7.2 Procedure 10 data saved by regulator 21
7.2.1 No shut-down warning message or 15.1 Function 21
shut-down message exists 11 15.2 Procedure 21
7.2.2 A shut-down message exists 11 15.2.1 Example of the last shut-down data 21 ^fj'
7.2.3 A shut-down warning message exists . . . . 11
7.2.4 A warning message exists 11 16 More function: quick look at actual compressor
7.3 Shut-down reset 12 status 22
7.4 Reset of motor overload 12 16.1 Function 22
16.2 Procedure 22
8 Measured data submenu: calling up measured data 12
8.1 Function 12
17 Manually loading/unloading 23
8.2 Procedure 12
17.1 Function , 23
9 Hours submenu: calling up running hours, loading 17.2 Manually unloading 23
hours, regulator hours and motor starts 13 17.3 Manually loading 23
9.1 Function 13
9.2 Procedure 13 18 Programmable settings 23
18.1 Regulation settings 23
10 Service submenu: calling up and resetting service
18.2 Protection settings 24
messages 14
18.3 Service settings 25
10.1 Function 14
10.2 Calling up service messages 14
2920 I207 0.'5

usci manual /UlasCopco
1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1.2 Protecting t h e compressor
The electronic regulator automatically controls the compressor. 1.2.1 Shut-down and motor overload
i.e.:
Loading and unloading the compressor If the compressor element outlet temperature exceeds (he
Stopping the compressor whenever possible programmed shut-down level, the compressor will be slopped.
Restarting the compressor when required This will be indicated on the control display.
In order to control the compressor and to read and modify The compressor will also be stopped in ca.sc of overload of the
programmable parameters, the regulator has a control panel drive motor or fan motor. 2) .
provided with:
LEDs indicating the status of the compressor 1.2.2 Shut-down warning
A display indicating the operating conditions, a service need
or a fault If the compressor element outlet temperature exceeds a
Keys to control the compressor and to have access to the programmed value just below the shut-down level, this will also
data collected by the regulator be indicated to warn the operator before the shut-down level is
Buttons to manually start and stop the compressor reached.
An emergency stop button
In general, the regulator has following functions: 1.2.3 Control of motor rotation direction
Controlling the compressor
Protecting the compressor Regulators for GA90C and for later production GA30 up to -15
Monitoring components subject to service are provided with a control function for correct rotation direction
- Automatic restart after voltage failure (made inactive) of the motor: a message will appear on the display of the regulator
if the rotation direction is wrong. In this case, switch off the
voltage and reverse two incoming lines.
1.1 Controlling the compressor
1.2.4 Warning
The regulator maintains the net pressure between programmable
limits by automatically loading and unloading the compressor A warning message also appears if the cooling water temperature
depending on the air consumption. or dewpoint temperature exceeds the warning level. See section
7.2.4.
The regulator takes into account a number of programmable
settings, such as:
Unloading pressure 1.3 Monitoring components subject to
Loading pressure service (service warning)
Minimum stop time
Maximum number of motor starts
The regulator continuously monitors critical components (oil,
oil filter, oil separator and air filter). Each input is compared to
The regulator stops the compressor whenever possible (when
programmed limits. Exceeding these limits causes a message
the expected unloading period exceeds a programmed value) to
on the control display to warn the operator to replace the
reduce the power consumption and restarts it automatically when
indicated component.
the net pressure decreases. In case the expected unloading period
is below a programmed value, the regulator keeps the compressor
running to prevent too-short standstill periods.
1.4 Automatic restart after voltage failure
When the compressor has stopped automatically and the net
pressure decreases, the regulator will start the compressor before The regulator has a built-in function to automatically restart the
the net pressure has dropped to the loading pressure to prevent compressor if the voltage is restored after voltage failure. For
the net pressure from falling under the programmed minimum compressors leaving the factory, this function is made inactive.
level. If desired, the function can be activated. Consult Atlas Copco.
When stopping the compressor manually, the regulator will

unload the compressor for 30 seconds and then stop the Footnotes chapter 1
compressor. 1)
1) If the compressor was running at that moment in automatic
unloading condition for 10 seconds, it will remain running
unloaded for 30 - 10 = 20 seconds before stopping.
2) For GA30 up to GA90C only
2920 1207 O.S

yX444X» i x y p c c user manual
2 CONTROL PANEL
2.1 Indicators, keys and buttons (Fig. 2.1)
Ref. Designation Function
Automatic Indicates that the regulator is

operation LED automatically controlling the
compressor: the compressor is
loaded, unloaded, stopped and
restarted depending on the air
consumption and the limitations
programmed in the regulator.
Voltasje on LED Indicates that the voltage is
in " -^ v^'i' 'Si, ' "' '"i-s'-i. «*5r.
switched on.
General alarm LED Is alight if a warning or shut-down
warning condition exists or if a
sensor is out of order. See section
7.
Blinks in case of shut-down, if a 50503F
sensor with shut-down function
(e.g. TTI1) is out of order or after
an emergency stop. See section 7.
4 Display Indicates messages concerning the

compressor operating condition, a
service need or a fault. See section
3.1. Fig. 2.1. Control panel
Function keys Keys to control and program the

compressor. See section 3.4.
Scroll keys Keys to scroll through the display.

See section 3.2.
2.2 Pictographs (Fig. 2.1}
Tabulator key Key to go to the next field of the
display. See section 3.3.
Ref. Designation
Start button Push button to start the
compressor. LED (I) lights up
10 Emergency stop
indicating that the regulator is
11 Automatic operation
operative (in automatic operation).
12 Voltage on
The LED goes out after unloading
13 Alarm
the compressor manually.
Stop button Push button to stop the
compressor. LED (1) goes out.
The compressor will stop after
running in unloaded condition for
30 seconds. See also section 1.1.
Delivery air
S3 Emergency Maintained-action push button to bar 7.0
stop button stop the compressor immediately Auto loaded
in case of emergency. After Menu More Unld
remedying the trouble, unlock the
Fl F2 F3
button by turning it to the left or
by pulling it out.
Fig. 2.2. Typical example of a display
2920 1207 O.-i

u.^ci iiiaiiuat HdasCopco
3 DISPLAY - KEYS 4 MENU-DRIVEN CONTROL

PROGRAMS
3.1 Display (4-Fig. 2.1)
In order to facilitate programming and controlling, menu-driven
The display has four lines of 16 characters. A typical display is control programs have been implemented in the regulator.
shown in Fis:. 2.2. It indicates;
4.1 Function of control programs (Figs. 4.1
1. On the first three lines:
up to 4.3)
The name of the sensor of which the actual reading is
displayed
Program See Function
The unit and actual reading of the sensor
section
Messages regarding the compressor operating condition
(compressor loaded, off. etc.). a service need (e.g. for
the oil filter and air filter) or a fault (e.g. shut-down) MAIN 5 Shows in short the operation status
2. On the fourth line, just above the three function keys (Fl/ DISPLAY of the compressor. Is the gateway
F2/F3), the actual functions of these keys. to all functions.
MAIN MENU 6 Is the gateway to other functions
via submenus.
3.2 Scroll keys (6-Fig. 2.1) SUBMENUS
Status data 7 Calling up the status of the
These keys, labelled with vertical arrows, allow to scroll through compressor protection functions
the display. (shut-down and shut-down
warning). Resetting of a shut-
As long as a downwards pointing arrow is shown at the utmost down and motor overload.
right position of the display, the key (6) with the same symbol
can be used to see the next item. Measured data 8 Calling up the actual measured
temperature at the compressor
As long as an upwards pointing arrow is shown at the utmost element outlet, the dewpoint (on
right position of the display, the key (6) with the same symbol compressors with integrated air
can be used to see the previous item. dryer) and the status of the motor
overload protection. On GA55 up
to -90C also the actual pressure
difference over the oil separator,
3.3 Tabulator key (7-Fig. 2.1)
the status of the fan motor overload
protection and on water-cooled
This key, labelled with two horizontal arrows, allows the operator compressors also the actual cooling
to go to the next field of the display, e.g. during modifying of water outlet temperature.
programmable parameters.
Hours Calling up the running hours,
loading hours, regulator hours and
3.4 Function keys (5-Fig. 2.1) number of motor starts.
Service 10 Calling up and resetting the service
The keys are used: messages for the oil, oil filter, oil
To manually load/unload the compressor separator, air filter.
- To call up or program settings
To reset an active motor overload, shut-down or service Test 11 Display test.
message, or an emergency stop Modify settings 12 Modifying the settings for
- To have access to all data collected by the regulator regulation (e.g. loading and
unloading), for protection (e.g.
The function keys allow to make the required selection from a temperature shut-down level) and
menu of possibilities. The functionsof the keys vary depending for service (e.g. for the oil).
on the displayed menu. The actual function is abbreviated and Programming the compressor
Timer 13
indicated on the bottom line of the display just above the relevant
start/stop commands.
key. Only the active and relevant functions at a moment are
shown. Configuration 14 Programming the time, date,
display language, units, motor start
mode and date format. On GAS
up to GA45, dewpoint tempera-
ture display mode and the
dewpoint protection.
2920 1207 0^
J IA4AAi> XAJfMMJ User manual
MAIN DISPLAY
Main 1 1
1 I I 1
1
F1 tS (T3
..^ênL 1 1 More 1 Unid - Load
1 -_
1
1
3 STATUS DATA 2 MORE ' k
1
1 I 1 1
• 1 ->\
" *.
Fl F2 F3 r" ffl tU F3 1
1
1
- « *
•^ K
1
1
More (
1
f 1
1 4 MEASURED DATA ' 1
1
Main
1 ,
5 HOURS
MAIN ["" 6 SERVICE
MENU L - .
7 TEST
> Scrolling downwards
1 — 8 MODIFY SEHINGS .> Scrolling upwards
1 —
9 TIMER
1 — 10 CONFIGURATION
D0588
L_. 11 SAVED DATA
Fig. 4.1. General menu flow
2920 1207 05
u.sci manual MlasCopo.
GA 5 / 45
MAIN DISPLAY
1
- Maximum pressure
Delivery air Auto operation - Delivery air pressure
bar 7.0 Local control - Element outlet temperature
Auto loaded Timer active - Dewpoint (full-feature)
Menu More Unld Menu More Unld - Overload motor
• Running hours
SEE SECTION 17
- Loading hours
SEE SECTION 16
MAIN MENU
Status data Measured data Hours Service Test
Main SIct Main SIct Main SIct Main SIct Main SIct
I. J
Ail conditions Delivery air Running hours Oil lifetime

SUB are OK bar 8.8 Hrs 2644 No service req. Display
MENU i 4
Menu Menu Menu Mod Menu SIct Rset Menu SIct
SECTION 7
- Element outlet temperature • Loading hours - Oil filter • Screen test
- Dewpoint (full-feature) - Motor starts - Air filter
A - Motor overload - Regulator hours • Oil separator SEE SECTION 11
SEE SECTION 8 SEE SECTION 9 SEE SECTION 10
11
MAIN MENU
Modify settings Timer Configuration Saved data
Main SIct Main SIct Main SIct Main SIct

.J
Timer active Time

SUB I Regulation Protection Service 11:55 Last Shutdown 1
MENU I
Menu SIct Menu SIct Menu SIct Menu List '•A Menu Mod Menu SIct
Unloading press Element outlet Mon 06:00 start t Motor overload

-Date
bar 10.0 Temperature Oil lifetime Mon 17:00 stop *" Shd NC
- Language
i Tue 07:00 start
- Auto restart
Not normal
Menu Mod Menu SIct Menu SIct Menu Mod Menu
- Pressure units
J SEE SECTION 13
- Temperature units
J^ - Start mode - Last emergency stop
- Loading pressure Element outlet Running hours - Date format - Longest load data
- Running time in star Shd Max 110 Setv Max 4000 - Dewpoint - Longest unload data
-Load delay time •C 85^ Hrs 4771 - Dewpoint protection
- Motor starts/hour Menu Mod Menu Mod SEE SECTION 15
J SEE SECTION 14
- Minimum stop time vT
- Required stop period • Shut-down waming - Oil filter
-> Scrolling downwards
- Power recovery time - Delay at signal - Air filter
- Permissive start time - Oil separator
""'* SCTOIIing upwards
- Dewpoint temperature
SEE SECTION 12.3 (full-feature) SEE SECTION 12.5
50454PEN
SEE SECTION 12.4
Fig. 4.2. Menu flow for regulator ofGASMS
2920 1207 O-S

J L*AA*A K>LffnAJ u.sci luanuai
GA55(W)/75(W) - Maximum pressure

- Delivery air pressure
• Pressure difference over oil separator
MAIN DISPLAY - Element outlet temperature
1
• Dewpoint 2)
Delivery air Auto operation - Cooling water outlet temperature 1)
bar 7.0 Local control - Overload drive motor
Auto loaded Timer active - Overload fan motor
Menu More Unid Menu More UnId - Running hours
- Loading liours
SEE SECTION 17
SEE SECTION 16
MAIN MENU
LZL H
Status data Measured data Hours Service Test
Main Slot Main SIct 1 Main SIct Main SIct Jâin Slct_.
s.-^
All conditions Delivery air Running hours Separator

SUB are OK Display
bar 8.8 Hrs 2644. No service req.
MENU i
I
Menu Menu '- Menu Mod Menu SIct Rset Menu SIct •
T^
SECTION 7
xF
- Pressure difference over - Loading hours - Oil lifetime
T
oil separator - Motor starts - Oil filter - Screen test
- Element outlet temperature - Regulator hours - Air filter
- Cooling water outlet SEE SECTION 11
temperature 1) SEE SECTION 9 SEE SECTION 10
- Overload drive motor
- Overload fan motor
SEE SECTION 8
JflJ IL
MAIN MENU
Modify settings Timer Configuration Saved data
Mîn SH Mîn SIct Mîn SIct Mpin SIct
_:t
Timer active Time
SUB Regulation Protection Service 11:55 Last Shutdown 1
MENU
Menu Slpt Mepu SIct Mepu SIct Menu Menu Mod Menu SIct
JiL-
Unloading press Element outlet Mon 06:00 start T Motor overload
Separator -Date Shd NO
bar 10.0 Temperature Mon 17:00 stop *" •
I - Language Not normal '''
Tue 07:00 start '''
Menu Mod Menu SIct - Auto restart Menu
Menu SIct Menu Mod
- Unit for pressure
SEE SECTION 13 - Unit for temperature
V - Starts/hour or day - Last emergency stop
• Loading pressure Element outlet Dp oil separator - Start mode - Longest load data
• Running time in star Shd Max 110 Serv. max 1.0 - Date format - Longest unload data
• Load delay time °C B5''- bar 0.8
- Motor starts/hour Menu Mod Menu Mod SEE SECTION 14 SEE SECTION 15
- Motor starls^day 4;
• Minimum stop time • Shut-down waming • Oil lifetime
• Required stop period - Oil filter > Scrolling downwards
- Delay at signal
- Power recovery time - Air filter
''" Scrolling upwards
- Permissive start time
1) Only for water cooled compressors
-Cooling water ouUet SEE SECTION 12.5
SEE SECTION 12.3 2) Only for Full feature compressors
temperature 1)
- Dewpoint 2)
50455PEN
SEE SECTION 12.4
Fig. 4.3. Menu flow for regulator of GA55(W)/75(W)/90C
2920 1207 05
l.^>d llUlllUUt
JUlasCopco
Program See Function 5 MAIN DISPLAY: compressor status

section in short/gateway to all functions
Saved data 15 Calling up the saved data: last 5.1 Function

shut-down, last emergency stop,
longest load, longest unload. Tlic main display shows in short the compressor operation status
Quick look at the actual status of and is the gateway to all functions implemented in the regulator.
MORE
the compressor: automatic or
manual control, local or remote 5.2 Procedure
control, start/stop timer on or off.
max. pressure, delivery air The main display is shown automatically when the power is
pressure and temperature, switched on.
dewpoinl, motor overload status,
running and loading hours, on If the function keys or arrow keys (5. 6 and 7-Fig. 2.1) are not
GA55 up to GA90C also the used for 4 minutes, the regulator will automatically return to the
r pressure difference over the oil
separator.
main display.
Exception is made, when the screen is left untouched when

MANUAL 17 To manually load/unload modifying data in the regulator. In this case, the screen will
LOAD/UNLOAD the compressor. remain unchanged, since the regulator does not take a decision
whether to accept or refuse the new data.
4.2 Selecting a menu (Figs. 4.1 up to 4.3) Delivery air

bar 7.0
4.2.1 Main display Auto loaded
Menu More Unld
When the voltage is switched on, the MAIN DISPLAY is shown
automatically, showing in short the operation status of the Fl F2 F3
compressor. The other menus are selected by pressing one of
the function keys (5-Fig. 2.1). Fig. 5.1. Example of the main display
Line Indicates Remarks

4.2.2 Calling up other menus
MAIN MENU
Pushing the key « M e n u » initiates the MAIN MENU, giving 1 Sensor which
access to most other functions via submenus; the submenus can is active
be selected by pressing the key « S l c t » (select); see section 2 Unit-actual reading The unit for pressure can be bar.
6. psi or kg/cm- depending on the
MORE programmed selection. The unit
Pushing the key « M o r e » gives the operator a quick look at for temperature can be C (degrees
the actual status of the compressor; see section 16. Celsius) or F (degrees fahrenheit).
See section 14.
UNLOAD or LOAD
The keys « U n l d » (unload) and « L o a d » are used to Compressor status Examples:
manually unload and load the compressor respectively. See - Compressor Off
section 17. - Manual Unloaded
If the timer is activated (see
section 13), the message "timer
4.2.3 Returning to the main menu or main display active" will also be shown.
MAIN MENU Motor overload, If the unit is shut down, the

Whenever displayed on the bottom line of the screen (4-Fig. shut-down or regulator will automatically call
2.1), press the key « M e n u » to return from a submenu to the warning up the status display (section 7) on
MAIN MENU. which the cause for the shut-down
is indicated. It remains possible
MAIN DISPLAY to have a closer look at other
Whenever displayed, press the key « M a i n » to return from a parameters related to the shut-
menu to the MAIN DISPLAY. down by means of the menus.
2920 1207 05
yu.ui^ Lo/xxi user iiuinuai
Line Indicates Remarks 6 MAIN MENU: Gateway to other

functions
3 Service required Indicates that one of the monitored
6.1 Function
components needs servicing.
Consult section 10 to find out the The main menu gives the operator access to most other
exact cause for this message. functions via submenus.
Sensor error Indicates that a sensor is out of

order: On GAS up to GA45: 6.2 Procedure
- Temperature sensor at the outlet
of the compressor element The main menu is activated by pressing:
- Outlet pressure transducer - The key « M e n u » on the main display (Fig. 5.1)
- On Full-feature compressors, The key « M e n u » on whatever submenu display
the dewpoint sensor
- Stop the compressor.
Status data
Switch off the voltage and
depressurize the compressor as Main Slct
described in the relevant
instruction book. Check the Fl F2 F3
sensor wiring. Replace the sensor
or transducer, if necessciry. Fig. 6.1. Example of a main menu
Sensor error Indicates that a sensor is out of

order: On GA55 up to GA90C: The display indicates the name of the submenu which can be
- Temperature sensor at the outlet selected (only one name is shown, use the scroll keys (6-Fig.
of the compressor element 2.1) to find the other names).
- Outlet pressure transducer
- Pressure difference sensor of the In this example, the display shows:
oil separator That the «Status d a t a » submenu can be selected
- On water-cooled compressors, - That other submenus are available using the scroll key
the water outlet temperature - That the key « M a i n » can be used to return to the main
.sensor display
- On Full-feature compressors, - That the key « S l c t » (select) can be used to select the
the dewpoint sensor Stop the submenu «Status d a t a » to get more detailed information
compressor. Switch off the
voltage and depressurize the
compressor as described in the 7 STATUS DATA SUBMENU: Calling
relevant instruction book.
Check the sensor wiring.
up status of protection functions
Replace the sensor or and resetting
transducer, if necessary.
7.1 Function
Remote control Indicates that the compressor is set
in remote control. Consult Atlas The status data submenu gives information regarding the status
Copco. of the compressor protection functions (shut-down, warning and
shut-down warning) and allows resetting of a shut-down and
Functions of keys motor overload.
below display See section 4.2.
7.2 Procedure
Note
1. Activate the main menu by pressing the key « M e n u » (5-
When more than one message needs to be displayed (e.g. both
Fig.2.1).
warning and service), the messages will be displayed one after
2. The first option shown on the second line of the display is
the other for 3 seconds.
«Status d a t a » .
3. Press the key « S l c t » (select) (5-Fig. 2.1).
10 2920 1207 05
vj.NCi m a n u a l jtuasu>f>cc
7.2.1 No shut-down warning message or shut-down

Delivery air
message exists
bar 7.0
*Shuld Warn*
In this case. LED (.^-Fig. 2.1) is oui and the message on the ** **
Menu More Unld
display indicates thai all conditions are normal (Fig. 7.1):
Fl F2 F3
All conditions
Fig. 7.3. Example of a shut-down warning screen
arc OK
Menu Element outlet

Shdw Max 100
FI F2 F3
C 106
Menu
Fig. 7.1. Example of a status data screen
Fl F2 F3
Fig. 7.4. Example of a shut-down warning screen
7.2.2 A shut-down message exists
2. The indicators (**) are blinking and the warning message
LED (3-Fig. 2.1) blinks and the shut-down screen (Fig. 7.2)
appears alternately with the messages indicating whether
automatically appears on the display if the compressor is shut
the compressor runs unloaded or loaded.
down.
I In case of a shut-down due to too high an element outlet
3. Press the key « M e n u » : the main menu appears (Fig. 6.1)
with blinking indicators (**).
4. Press the key « S l c t » (select), use the scroll key until the
temperature, a screen similar to that in Fig. 7.2 will appear:
option « p r o t e c t i o n s » is shown and select this option. A
screen similar to the one in Fig. 7.4 appears, indicating that
Element outlet the temperature at the outlet of the compressor element (106
Shd Max 110 degrees Celsius) is too high. Consult the Instruction book
C 112 to remedy the trouble.
Menu ** ** Rset 5. If necessary, stop the compressor by means of button O (9-
Fig. 2.1) and wait until the compressor has stopped.
Fl F2 F3 6. Switch off the voltage and inspect the compressor.
7. The warning message will disappear automatically as soon
Fig. 7.2. Example of a status data screen
as the warning condition disappears.
The top line of the display, the actual temperature (112 degrees
Celsius) and the indicators (**) are blinking.
7.2.4 A warning message exists
It remains possible to scroll through other menus and then return

1. LED (3-Fig. 2.1) is alight and the main display screen will
to the status data menu. In this case, the first option of a submenu
change into a screen similar to that shown in Fig. 7.5.
will be shown, i.e. «shut-downs». This option can be selected
by pressing the key « S l c t » (select) to return to the shut-down
screen (Fig. 7.2). The other options (i.e. «protections» and Delivery air
« s t a r t failures») can be selected by scrolling until the desired bar 7.0
option appears and then pressing the key « S l c t » (select) to * Warning
collect other information. If the message «A11 conditions are Menu ** More ** Unld
O K » appears when selecting «protections» and « s t a r l
failures», this means that: Fl F2 F3
- Besides the existing shut-down condition there are no other Fig. 7.5. Example of a warning screen
alarms
There are no start failures 2. The indicators (**) are blinking and the warning message
appears alternately with the messages indicating whether
See section 7.3 to reset the shut-down message.
the compressor runs unloaded or loaded. This warning
indicates that:
7.2.3 A shut-down warning message exists
- On water-cooled GA55/75 compressors, the cooling
water outlet temperature exceeds the programmed
warning level.
1. LED (3-Fig. 2.1) is alight and the main display screen will
On Full-feature compressors (compressors with
change into a screen similar to the one in Fig. 7.3 if a shut-
integrated air dryer), the dewpoint temperature exceeds
down warning exists.
the warning level.
2920 1207 05
. / 1 1 « <.> \AJf^\AJ User manual
3. Looking for more details is carried out in a similar way as 8 MEASURED DATA S U B M E N U :
described in steps 3 and 4 of section 7.2.3. If necessary,
slop the compressor and remedy (he fault. Calling up measured data
7.3 Shut-down reset 8.1 Function

I. Suppose that the shut-down screen as shown in Fig. 7.2 To call up the measured data:
exists. The actual pressure
2._ The display indicates: - The actual temperature at the outlet of the compressor
- « S h d » : the compressor is shut down due to too high element
a compressor «element outlet» temperature The programmed shut-down and warning temperatures for
« M a x » : the maximum level is « I I O » degrees the compressor element
Celsius The dewpoint (only for Full-feature compressors)
- The actual temperature is « 1 1 2 » degrees Celsius The status of the motor overload protection
The fourth line of the screen shows the available function
keys, i.e.; on GA55/90C also:
« M e n u » to return to the submenu allowing to choose The actual pressure difference overjê oil separator
between «shut-downs». «protections» and «start - The status of the fan motor overload protection
failures»
- « R s e t » (reset) on water-cooled GA55/75 also the actual cooling water outlet
3.J Switch off the voltage and remedy the trouble. After temperature
remedying and when the shut-down condition has
disappeared, switch on the voltage and press the key
8.2 Procedure
« R s e t > > (reset). Press the keys « M e n u » and
« M a i n » to return to the main display and restart the
compressor by means of button I (8-Fig. 2.1).
Fig.2.1).
2. Scroll through the available options by using the scroll keys
7.4 Reset of motor overload (6-Fig. 2.1) until the option «Measured D a t a » is shown
If the drive motor overload relay (F2I) or fan motor circuit on the second line of the display.
breaker (Q15) 1) trips, the compressor will be shut down and 3. Press the key « S l c t » (select) (5-Fig. 2.1). A screen
LED (3-Fig. 2.1) will blink. Following screen appears: similar to the one in Fig. 8.1 appears:
Motor overload Delivery air

Shd NC bar 8.8
Not normal i
Menu** ** ** Rset Menu
Fl F2 F3 Fl F2 F3
Fig. 7.6. Example of a motor overload display Fig. 8.1. Example of a measured data display
The example indicates that: The display shows that the outlet pressure is 8.8 bar and
- The compressor is shut down due to motor overload that the key X can be used to call up other measured data.
- The contacts of the motor overload relay are normally closed
- The condition is « N o t normal» (i.e. the contacts are 4. If one of the sensors is linked to a protection function (shut-
actually open) down or motor overload), a screen similar to the one in Fig.
The top line of the display and the indicators (**) are blinking. 8.2 appears:
1. Switch off the voltage and remedy the trouble. The overioad
relay (F21) resets itself after cooling off but the circuit Element outlet T
breaker (Q15) 1) must be reset manually. The « N o t C 85
normal» message will change into « N o r m a l » . Shd Max 110 i
2. Switch on the voltage and press the key « R s e t » (reset) Menii Warn
and then the keys « M e n u » and « M a i n » to return to Fl F2 F3
the main display.
3. Restart the compressor by means of button I (8-Fig. 2.1). Fig. 8.2. Example of a measured data display
Footnotes chapter 7 The display indicates that;

- The reading shown is the compressor «e!ement outlet»
1) For GA30 up to GA90C only.
2920 1207 05
^LLUtailA^f^tAJ
temperature The display indicates that a shut-down warning ( « S h d w » )

A shut-down ( « S h d » ) level is programmed. i . e . « l I 0 » level is programmed, i.e. 100 degrees ccisius maximum
degrees Celsius maximum ( « M a x » ) ( « M a x . » ) . Press the key « R i r n » to return to the screen of
The actual temperature is « 8 5 » degrees Celsius Fi". 8.2.
The key « W a r n » can be used to look at the warning level.
see step 7.
On Full-feature compressors only, the scroll keys can be
used to show the dewpoint. Sec Fig. 8.3.
Dewpoint T
C
Warn Max [5 i 9 HOURS S U B M E N U : Calling up
Menu running hours, loading h o u r s ,
Fl F2 F3 regulator hours and motor starts
Fig. 8.?. Example of a measured data display
9.1 Function
The display indicates that:
The reading shown is the « d e w p o i n t » temperature To call up the running hours and loading hours of the compressor,
A warning ( « W a r n » ) level is programmed, i.e. « 1 5 » the hours the regulator has been in operation as well as the
degrees celsius maximum ( « M a x » ) number of motor starts.
- The actual temperature is « 4 » degrees celsius
Note: on GA5 up to GA45, only the status of the dewpoint
(normal or not normal) is shown unless the dewpoint display
9.2 Procedure
mode in the «Configuration» submenu, see section 14,
is set to value.
Fig.2.1).
6. The vertical arrow at the right-hand side indicates that the 2. Scroll through the available options by using the scroll keys
display can be scrolled downwards to show other measured (6-Fig. 2.1) until the option « H o u r s » is shown on the
data, e.g. the motor overload condition; see Fig. 8.4. second line of the display.
Overload motor t
Normal The display will show the running hours. By using the scroll
Shd PeSt NC keys (6-Fig. 2.1), other options can be selected to call up the
Menu data of the other timers, i.e. loading hours, motor starts and
regulator hours.
Fl F2 F3
Fig. 8.4. Example of a measured data display
Typical example (Fig. 9.1)
The display indicates that:
- The contacts of the motor overload relay are normally closed In this example the option «Loading hours» is selected:
(«NC»)
The condition of the relay is « N o r m a l » (i.e. contacts _
closed) Loading hours
- Opening of the contacts of the relay will shut down Hrs 1000
( « S h d » ) the compressor i
PeSt (permissive start function): the compressor will not Menu Mod
start in case of a motor overload
Fl F2 F3
7. After pressing the key « W a r n » on the screen shown in
Fig. 8.2, a screen similar as in Fig. 8.5 is shown: Fig. 9.1. Example of loading hours display
Element outlet The display indicates that the compressor has run loaded for
C 85 1000 hours.
Shdw Max 100
Rtm The bottom line of the screen shows the available function keys,
i.e. « M e n u » to return to submenu and « M o d » to modify
Fl F2 F3
the value of the indicated timer; if this should be required, consult
Atlas Copco.
Fig. 8.5. Example of a measured data display
2920 1207 O.S

10 SERVICE SUBMENU: Calling up Running hours
and resetting service messages Hrs 2050
Scrv Max 2000
** Rtrn ** Rset
10.1 Function
Fl F2 F3
To call up and reset .service me.s.sages for following monitored
components: oil, oil filter, oil separator and air filter. Fig. 10.2. Example of a service display
The bottom line again shows the available function keys, i.e.:
10.2 Calling up service messages « R t r n » (return) to return to the message whether service
is required or not
1. Activate the main menu by pressing the key « M e n u » (5- - « R s e t » (reset) to reset the service item: see section 10.4
Fig. 2.1).
2. Scroll through the available options by using the .scroll keys
(6-Fig. 2.1) until the option « S e r v i c e » is shown on the 10.4 Service reset
second line of the display.
3. Press the key « S l c t » (select) (5-Fig. 2.1). To reset the service timer: - ^
1. If the air filter is indicated: stop the^wmpressor, wait until
The display will show the name of the monitored component
the compressor has stopped and replace the element.
and the message whether service is needed or not. A vertical
2. If the oil, oil separator or oil filter is indicated: stop the
scroll arrow appears on the display indicating to scroll
compressor, wait until the compressor has stopped, unscrew
through the display to check the condition of the other
:^components subject to service. the oil filler plug one turn to depressurize the receiver and
change the oil or replace the component as the case may
be.
3. Call up the service menu for the related component as
Oil filter t described above.
Service req 4. Press the key « R s e t » (reset): the timer is reset to 0. The
i regulator will ask for confirmation (Yes) or cancelling (No).
Menu ** Slct Rset
Note
Fl F2 F3
Each service item must be reset individually.
Fig. 10.1. Example of service display
The display indicates: 11 TEST SUBMENU: Display test

- The component which is monitored: the « o i l filter»
- That the filter needs service («Service r e q » ) 11.1 Function
The display also indicates the part number of the service kit to To carry out a display test, i.e. to check whether the display and
be used. LEDs are still intact.
The bottom line of the screen shows the available function keys,
i.e. 11.2 Procedure
- « M e n u » to return to the main menu
- « S l c t » (select) to read more details; see section 10.3 1. Activate the main menu by pressing the key « M e n u » (5-
• « R s e t » to reset the service item; see section 10.4 Fig.2.1).
2. Scroll through the options by using the keys (6-Fig. 2.1)
until the option « T e s t » is shown on the second line of
10.3 Calling up running hours and service the display.
level 3. Press the key « S I c t » (select) (5-Fig. 2.1).
. Call up the related service item. See section 10.2. The display shows the option « D i s p l a y » . Press the key
;. Press the key « S l c t » (select) to get the running hours «Slct».
and service level (see Fig. 10.2): the related service timer During testing, the regulator will generate a series of patterns
has counted for 2050 running hours since previous filter on the display which enable the operator to check that each
change. The programmed lifetime is « 2 0 0 0 » running pixel still functions normally; at the same time the LEDs
hours; as a consequence, the filter must be replaced and the are lit.
service message reset as described in section 10.4.
4. Press the key « M e n u » to return to the submenu.
2920 1207 05
12 MODIFY SETTINGS SUBMENU: 12.2 Procedure
Modifying settings for regulation, 1. Activate the main menu by pressing the key « M c n u » (.'
protection and service Fig. 2.1).
2. Scroll through the available options by using the scroll key
12.1 Function (6-Fig. 2.1) until the option «Modify Scttings» is show
on the second line of the display.
To modify a number of programmable parameters, including: ?. Press the key « S l c t » (select) (5-Fig. 2.1).
A submenu is started, allowing the operator to sclcc
1 Regulation settings: between following options:
Unloading pressure Regulation
Loading pressure Protections
Motor running time in star Service
Load delay time
Number of motor start.s/hour 4. Scroll through the options by using the scroll keys (6-Fig
Minimum stop time (i.e. the time period during which 2.1) until the desired option is shown on ihe display.
the compressor, if slopped automatically, remains 5. Press the key « S l c t » (select).
stopped whatever happens with the air net pressure)
Required stop period (the compressor will not be stopped 12.3 Modifying compressor regulation
automatically by the regulator unless a standstill period settings
equal to the sum of the minimum stop time and required
stop period is expected) 1. Call up the modify settings submenu and select the option
Power recovery time (if automatic restart after voltage « r e g u l a t i o n » . See section 12.2.
failure is activated) 1) 2. The first option (i.e. unloading pressure) of a list of
General permissive start time (not used for these GA programmable parameters is shown. Use the scroll keys
compressors) (6-Fig. 2.1) to select the parameter to be modified.
3. For each parameter, the screen and modifying procedure
2 Protection settings: are similar to the example below.
Shut-down level for the compressor element outlet
temperature 12.3.1 Modifying the loading pressure
Shut-down warning level for the compressor element
outlet temperature 1. Consult sections 12.1 up to 12.3 for selecting the option
Delay time for signal (i.e. the time period during which «loading pressure».
the shut-down signal must exist before the compressor 2. When selecting the loading pressure, a display similar to
is shut down) that shown in Fig. 12.1 will appear:
For GA Full-feature (integrated air dryer) also:
Dewpoint warning level (not for GAS FF up to GA45
FF) Loading press
Delay time for signal (i.e. the time period during which bar 6.6
the warning signal must exist before the warning message
appears) Menu Mod
Delay time at starting (i.e. the time period during which
r the warning signal is ignored after starting to allow the
dryer to reach the dewpoint temperature)
Fl F2 F3
Fig. 12.1. Example of a modifying screen (regulation settings)

On water-cooled GA55/75 compressors also:
Warning level for the cooling water outlet temperature
Delay time for signal (i.e. the time period during which The example in Fig. 12.1 indicates:
the warning signal must exist before generating the - On line I the related parameter, i.e. «Loading pressure»
warning) - On line 2 the unit and the actual value, i.e. « b a r 6 . 6 »
Delay time at start (i.e. the time period after starting - On the bottom line the available selections, i.e. « M e n u »
which must expire before generating a warning) to return to the submenu and « M o d » to modify the
parameter.
3 Service settings: 3. After pressing the key « M o d » (modify) the value of the
Service level for the: parameter starts blinking and the functions of the keys (5-
- Oil Fig. 2.1) change into:
- Oil filter
- Air filter Fl « P r o g » (program)
Oil separator F2 « L i m » (limitations)
F3 « C a n c » (cancel)
2920 1207 05 15
Loading press Element outlet
bar "7.0" Shd Max
C 85 i
Pro" Lim Cane Menu Mod
Fl F2 F3 Fl F2 F3
Fig. 12.5. Example of a modifying .screen (protection settings)
Fig. 12.2. Example of a modifying screen (regulation .settings)
The example in Fig. 12.5 indicates:
4. Modify the value by means of the scroll keys (6-Fig. 2.1).
On line I, the name'of the sensor (Compressor
. Figures 12.1 and 12.2 show the displays when changing the
«Element outlet»)
loading pressure from 6.6 bar into 7.0 bar.
- On line 2, the type of parameter ( « S h d » or shut-
5. Press the key « P r o g » to program the new value or the down), the level type ( « M a x » or maximum level)
key « C a n c » to cancel the modification operation (the and the actual programmed value ( « l I 0 » )
original value will be retained). On line 3, the unit ( « C » ) and the actual measured
value ( « 8 5 » )
Notes
The regulator will not accept new values beyond the 3. To modify the shut-down, level, press the key « M o d »
limitations. See section 18. (modify) and then use the scroll keyS\}^-Fig. 2.1).
It is possible to check the limitations which are valid for 4. Use the key « P r o g » to progtamJlje new value or the key
the parameter to be modified by selecting « L i m » (limits). « C a n c » to cancel the modification operation (the original
A typical example is shown in Fig. 12.3. value will be retained).
_J Notes
Prog limits The regulator will not accept new values beyond the
mjn 4.0 limitations. See section 18.
max 7.4 It is possible to check the limitations which are valid for
Rtm the parameter to be modified by selecting « L i m » (limits).
Fl F2 F3 5. The arrow on the modifying screen (Fig. 12.5) indicates to
use the scroll key -l (6-Fig. 2.1) to show the relevant shut-
Fig. 12.3. Example of a modifying screen (regulation settings) down warning ( « S h d w » ) value (e.g. « I 0 0 » degrees
Celsius); see Fig. 12.6.
12.4 Modifying protection settings
Element outlet T
1. Call up the modify settings submenu and select the option Shdw Max 100
«protections». See section 12.2. A screen as shown in C 85 i
Fig. 12.4 appears. Menu Mod
Fl F2 F3
Element outlet
Temperature Fig. 12.6. Example of a modifying screen (protection settings)
I
Menu Slct 6. To modify the shut-down warning level, press the key
Fl F2 F3 « M o d » (modify) and then use the scroll keys (6-Fig. 2.1).
7. Use the key « P r o g » to program the new value or the key
Fig. 12.4. Example of a modifying screen (protection settings) « C a n c » to cancel the modification operation (the original
value will be retained).
Note: 8. The arrow i on the screen (Fig. 12.6) indicates to use the
On Full-feature compressors with integrated air dryer, a second scroll key i (6-Fig. 2.1) to show the programmed delay
option, i.e. dewpoint, can be selected. See section 12.4.2. for the shut-down; see Fig. 12.7.
On water-cooled GA55/75 compressors, a second option, i.e.
:ooling water outlet temperature, can be selected. See section
12.4.3. Element outlet T
Delay at signal
sec 0
12.4.1 Element outlet temperature Menu Mod
Fl F2 F3
'.. Press the key « S l c t » (select): a screen similar to the one
shown below appears (Fig. 12.5): Fig. [2.7. Example of a modifying screen (protection settings)
2920 1207 05
The example in Fig. 12.7 indicates: steps 3 and 4 of section 12.4.1.
Online I. the name of the sensor (Compressor «Elemenl .'>. The arrow on the modifying screen (Fig. 12.9) indicates
()Utlct») use the scroll key i (6-Fig. 2.1) to show (he relevant del.
- On line 2, the type of parameter («Delay a i » shut-down at signal (i.e. the time period during which the warning sign
«signal») must exist before the warning message appears (e.g. <<
On line 3. the unit ( « s c c » ) and the actual value ( « 0 » ) .sec»). Sec Fig. 12.10.
9. If it should be necessary to modify the nominal setting of 0
.seconds, first consult section 18 before pressing the key Dewpoini T
« M o d » (modify) and then using the scroll keys (6-Fig. Delay at signal
2.1) for modifying. sec i
10. Use the key « P r o g » to program the new value or the key Menu Mod
« C a n c » to cancel the modification operation (the original
Fl F2 F3
value will be retained).
Fig. 12.10. Example of a modifying screen (protection .setting.'-
12.4.2 Dewpoint temperature Modifying is carried out in a similar way as described i-

steps 3 and 4 of section 12.4.1.
For GA Full-feature (compressor with integrated air dryer), a The arrow i on the modifying screen (Fig. 12.10) indicate
downward pointing arrow appears on the third line of the screen to use the scroll key i (6-Fig. 2.1) to show the delay a
(Fig. 12.4) indicating that a second option, i.e. dewpoint start (i.e. the time period during which the warning signal i;
temperature, can be selected: ignored after starting to allow the dryer to reach the dewpoin.
temperature); see Fig. 12.11.
1. Press the scroll key -i (6-Fig. 2.1). Following screen
appears:
Dewpoint T
Delay at start
Dewpoint T sec 255
Temperature Menu Mod
Fl F2 F3
Menu Slct
Fig. 12.11. Example of a modifying screen (protection settings)
Fl F2 F3
- On line 1, the name of the sensor ( « D e w p o i n t » )
- On line 2, the type of parameter («Delay at s t a r t » )
2. Select the option by pressing the key « S l c t » (select).
- On line 3, the unit ( « s e c » ) and the actual value
3. On GAS FF up to GA45 FF, the warning level for high
(«255»)
dewpoint depends on the ambient temperature and is not
programmable, a screen as shown in (Fig. 12.10) appears. 8. Modifying is carried out in a similar way as described in
On GA55/90C FF, a screen similar to the one shown in steps 3 and 4 of section 12.4.1.
(Fig. 12.9) appears; 9. Use the key « M e n u » and the key T to return to the initial
screen as shown in Fig. 2.1.
Dewpoint
12.4.3 Cooling water outlet temperature
Warn Max 15
C 4
For water-cooled GA55/75 compressors, a downwards
Menu Mod
pointing arrow appears on the third line of the screen (Fig. 2.1)
Fl F2 F3 indicating that a second option, i.e. cooling water outlet
temperature can be selected:
1. After pressing the arrow key on the screen shown in Fig.
12.4, a screen similar to that in Fig. 12.12 is shown:
- On line 1, the name of the sensor ( « D e w p o i n t » )
- On line 2, the type of parameter ( « W a r n » or warning), Cool water out T
the level type ( « M a x » or maximum level) and the actual Temperature
programmed value ( « 1 5 » )
- On line 3, the unit ( « C » ) and the actual measured value Menu Slct
(«4»)
Fl F2 F3
4. Modifying is carried out in a similar way as described in Fig. 12.12. Example of a modifying screen (protection settings)
2920 1207 05
2. Press the key « S l c t » (select): a screen similar to the 9. Consult steps 6 and 7 if modifying is desired.
one shown below appears (Fig. 12.1.3).
12.5 Modifying service settings

Cool water out
Warn Max 1. Call up the modify settings subinenu and .';clecl the option
60
C 45 « s e r v i c c s e t t i n g s » . See section 12.2.
Menu Mod 2. The first option ofa list of programinable service settings
is shown. See section 12.1 for the list of all programmable
PI F2 F3 parameters. Use the scroll keys (6-Fig. 2.1) to select the
parameter to be modified, e.g. oil lifetime (Fig. 12.16).
Fig. 12.13. Example ofa modifying .screen (protection .settings)

- On line 1, the name of the sensor ( « c o o l water o u t » ) Oil lifetime
- On line 2, the type of parameter ( « w a r n » ) and the i
programmed maximum ( « M a x . 6 0 » ) Menu Sict
- On line 3, the unit and actual, value ( « 4 5 » ) FI F2 --
3. To modify the warning level, press the key « M o d »

i'
Fig. 12.16. Example ofa modifying-streesn (service settings)
(modify) and use the scroll keys (6-Fig. 2.1).
4. U.se the key « P r o g » to program the new value or the key 3. Select the parameter to be modified by pressing the key
:5J<Canc» to cancel the modification (the original value « S l c t » (select). If selecting the oil lifetime, a screen
will be retained). similar to the one in Fig. 12.17 appears:
Notes
The regulator will not accept new values beyond the Running hours
limitations. See section 18. It is possible to check the Serv Max 4000
limitations by selecting « L i m » (limits). Hrs 477
Menu Mod
5. The arrow on the screen (Fig. 12.13) indicates to use the Fl F2 F3
scroll key -l (6-Fig. 2.1) to show the programmed delay for
the warning signal; see Fig. 12.14. Fig. 12.17. Example ofa modifying screen (service settings)
"ool water out

)elay at signal To modify the setting of the running hours, press the key
ec 0 i « M o d » (modify) and then use the scroll keys (6-Fig. 2.1).
ienu Mod Use the key « P r o g » to program the new value or the key
• )
« C a n c » to cancel the modification operation (the original
I F2 F3 value will be retained).
ig. 12.14. Example ofa modifying screen (protection settings) Notes

The regulator will not accept new values beyond the
. If necessary, use the key « M o d » and the scroll keys for limitations. See section 18.
modifying. it is possible to check the limitations which are valid for
Use the key « P r o g » to program the new value or the key the parameter to be modified by selecting « L i m » (limits).
« C a n c » to cancel the operation (the original value will
be retained). See also step 4.
The arrow on the screen (Fig. 12.14) indicates to use the
scroll key i (6-Fig. 2.1) to show the programmed delay Footnotes chapter 12
during start; see Fig. 12.15.
1) If required, the automatic restart function after voltage failure
can be activated by Atlas Copco. The power recovery time (the
)ol water out T period within which the voltage must be restored to have an
.;lay at start automatic restart) can be set between 1 and 254 seconds or to
symbol 00!. If the power recovery time is set to 00!, the
Mod compressor will always restart after a voltage failure, no
matter how long it takes to restore the voltage. Provide a label
F2 F3 near to the control panel warning the operator that the compressor
12.15. Example o f a modifying screen (protection automatically restarts if the voltage is restored.
settings)
2920 1207 05
13 TIMER SUBMENU: Programming programmed start/stop corrimands will not be executed
(but remain in the memory of the regulator).
compressor start/stop commands
13.1 Function 13.2.3 To display the list of commands
To program up to 56 start/stop commands for the compressor. I. Press the key « L i s t » on the timer screen. A typical
display is shown in Fig. 13.2.
13.2 Procedure Mon 06:00 start T

Mon 17:00 .stop
1. Activate the main menu by pressing the key « M e n u » (5- Tue 07:(X) start i
Fig. 2.1). Menu Mod
2. Scroll through the available options by using the scroll keys
(6-Fig. 2.1) until the option « T i m e r » is shown on the Fl F2 F3
second line of the display.
3. Press the key « S l c t » (.select) (5-Fig. 2.1).
4. Initially, the list with start/stop commands is empty, hence Fig. 13.2. Example of start/stop command screen
the timer function is switched off («Timer inactive»).
Following screen appears: The vertical arrows at the right-hand side indicate to use
the vertical scroll keys to select the next and previous start/
» stop commands. The horizontal arrow indicates the
command which is accessible at that moment.
Timer not activated 2. Use the key « M e n u » to return to the submenu or the key
« M o d » to modify the start/stop commands.
3. After pressing the key « M o d » , three selections are shown
List on the bottom line of the display (Fig. 13.3):
Fl F2 F3
Mon 06:00 start T
Fia. 13.1. Timer screen Mon 17:00 stop <—
Tue 07:00 start i
Mod Add Del
13.2.1 To program start/stop commands
Fl F2 F3
1. Press the key « L i s t » . The display will show a message
that the list is empty ( « N o items»). The bottom line will Fig. 13.3. Example of start/stop command screen
now include the key « M o d » (modify).
2. Press the keys « M o d » and then « A d d » . The command 4. Use:
« M O N 00:00 s t o p » will be shown. « M o d » to modify the command indicated by the
3. Using the scroll keys (6-Fig. 2.1), modify this command as horizontal arrow
required, as described in section 13.2.4. Add and delete « A d d » to add a new command at the location of the
commands as required, as described in sections 13.2.5 and horizontal arrow
13.2.6. « D e l » to delete start/stop commands
4. Activate the timer as described in section 13.2.2.
13.2.4 To modify a command

13.2.2 To activate/deactivate the timer
1. Suppose the command « M o n 17:00 s t o p » is to be
1. The timer can only be activated if at least one start/stop modified, i.e. stopping at 18 o'clock instead of 17 o'clock.
command is programmed. 2. Press the key « L i s t » and scroll through the compressor
2. Select the menu « T i m e r » . Press the key « M o d » start/stop commands until the command to be modified is
(modify); the message «Timer not activated» will blink. indicated by the horizontal arrow on the screen. Press the
3. Use the scroll keys (6-Fig. 2.1) to change the message into key « M o d » . Press the key « M o d » again. The day
« T i m e r active». indication will blink (Fig. 13.4). The day can be modified
4. Press the key « P r o g » (program) to program the Timer using the scroll keys (6-Fig. 2.1).
active function or key « C a n c » to cancel the modify 3. Press the tabulator key (7-Fig. 2.1) to go to the next field to
operation. If activated, the regulator will execute the be modified (the hour indication). See Fig. 13.5. Modify
programmed commands. using keys (6).
5. The timer can be deactivated again. In this case, the 4. Proceed in the same way to modify, if necessary, the minutes
2920 1207 0.'5

indicalion and the start/stop indication. See Figs. 13.6 The regulator docs not accept a new compressor start/stop
and 13.7. command unless it is situated between the next and previous
5. Press the key « P r o g » (program) to program the new start/stop command timewise. If not. the new command is not
command or the key « C a n c » (cancel) to quit without accepted and the command line remains blinking. In this case,
rcprogramming. either modify the command or use the key « C a n c » (cancel)
6. The regulator will ask if it is desired to change more to quit the modification operation.
commands.
Make sure that the timer function is activated (<<Timer
a c t i v e » ) . If not, the programmed start/stop commands will not
06;(X) start
be executed. '
."Mon" 17:(X) stop
07:(X) start
Proa Cane
13.2.5 To add a command
Pi F2 F3
1. Press the key « L i s t » and scroll through the commands
Fig. 13.4. Programming the day until the command after which a new command is to be
added appears, followed by a horizontal aiTow.
2. Press the keys « M o d » (modify) and « A d d » . 1) The
command which was indicated by ttife-horizontal arrow will
be copied and the day indicartofi «f the copied command
Mon start will blink.
Mon "18" stop
3. The way of modifying this command is similar to the
;ê start
description in section 13.2.4.
Pros Cane
4. The regulator will ask if it is desired to change more
Fl F2 F3 commands.
Fis. 13.5. Programming the hours

13.2.6 To delete a command
1. Press the key « L i s t » and scroll through the commands

until the command to be deleted appears, followed by a
Mon start horizontal arrow.
Mon "00" stop
2. Press the keys « M o d » (modify) and « D e l » (delete).
Tue start 1) The bottom line of the screen shows following selections:
Prog Cane « A 1 1 » to delete all commands
Fl F2 F3 « T h i s » to delete the command indicated by the horizontal
arrow
Fig. 13.6. Programming the minutes « C a n c » (cancel) if the delete selection must not be carried
out
3. When selecting « A 1 1 » , the regulator will ask « A r e you
sure to delete all c o m m a n d s ? » By pressing the key
« Y e s » all commands are deleted.
Mon 06:00 4. The regulator will ask if it is desired to change more
Mon 18:00 stop commands. If so, press the keys « Y e s » a n d « A d d » .
Tue 07:00
Prog Cane
Fl F2 F3
Fig. 13.7. Programming the start/stop mode
Important:
It is necessary to program the start/stop commands in successive
order timewise. Program the commands from Monday till
Footnotes chapter 13
Sunday, e.g.:
Monday 07.30 start 1) If the key « Y e s » was pressed at the question « D o you want
Monday 18.00 stop to change another command», the display will include the
Tuesday 08.00 start options « A d d » and « D e l » (delete). In this case, one of
Tuesday 17.00 stop these keys can be pressed without using the key « M o d »
etc. (modify) first.
20 2920 1207 O.S

14 CONFIGURATION SUBMENU: 15 SAVED DATA SUBMENU: Calling u|
Reprogramming t i m e , date, compressor data saved b
display language, units, motor regulator
start mode and date format
15.1 Function
14.1 Function
To reprogram a number of parameters. These parameters arc: To call up the compressor data saved by the electronic regulato
Time These data are:
- Date - Last shut-down data (indicated « L a s t shutdown l » )
- Last emergency stop data (indicated « L a s t Ein stop l »
Language on display (two languages are provided)
Longest load data (time, date, duration and other dat
Auto restart 1)
refiecting the condition of that moment)
Unit for pressure (bar. psi or kg/cnr)
Unit for temperature (C or F) - Longest unload data (time, date, duration and other dai
Motor start mode (star-delta or direct-on-line) reflecting the condition of that moment)
'^W " Format of date (day/month/year or month/day/year or year/
month/day)
Only on GAS FF up to GA45 FF: 15.2 Procedure
Dewpoint display mode (status or value)
- Dryer protection (warning or shut-down) 1. Activate the main menu by pressing the key « M e n u » (5
!# On GA55/90C also: Fig. 2.1).
Starts/day or starts/hour 2. Scroll through the available options by using the scroll key^
(6-Fig. 2.1) until the option « S a v e d d a t a » is shown or,
14.2 Procedure the second line of the display.
1. Activate the main menu by pressing the function key 4. The first option is shown (i.e. « L a s t shutdown l » ) . Scroll
« M e n u » ( 5 - F i g . 2.1). through the available options by using the scroll keys (6-
2. Scroll through the available options by using the scroll keys Fig. 2.1) until the desired option is shown on the second
(6-Fig. 2.1) until the option «Configuration» is shown line of the display.
on the second line of the display. 5. Press the key « S l c t » (select) (5-Fig. 2.1).
3. Press the key « S l c t » (select) (5-Fig. 2.1). 6. If desired, repeat steps 4 and 5 to look at the other options.
4. The first option shown is « T i m e » . If another option is
desired, scroll through the display (using scroll keys 6-Fig.
2.1) and select (using key « S l c t » ) . 15.2.1 Example of the last shut-down data
5. In case of option « T i m e » , the second line on the screen
indicates the actual setting, e.g. 14:30. 1. Select option « L a s t shut-down data 1 » . Following screen
6. If it is desired to modify the time, press function key may appear:
^ « M o d » (modify) (5-Fig. 2.1). If not, press key
« M e n u » to return to the submenu.
7. After pressing the key « M o d » (modify), the first field Motor overload
(i.e. 14) will blink. Modify the hours using the scroll keys Shd NC
Not normal 4-
» (6-Fig. 2.1). Then press the tabulator key (7-Fig. 2.1) to go
to the next field (i.e. 30). The setting of this field can now
Menu
Fl F2 F3
be modified with the scroll keys.
8. The bottom line of the display will show two options: Fig. 15.1. Example of a saved data screen
« P r o g » to program the new setting
« C a n c » to cancel the new setting
9. Proceed in the same way for the other parameters to be
TTie display (Fig. 15.1) indicates:
modified. Use the scroll keys (6-Fig. 2.1) to modify the
- The last shut-down ( « S h d » ) was a « m o t o r overload»
parameter.
The contacts of the overload relay are normally closed
Note
For most settings only one reprogrammable field is used; in this («NC»)
case the tabulator key (7-Fig. 2.1) to jump from one field to the The contacts were « n o t normal>>, i.e. open due to
other one is not needed. overcurrent
- On the bottom line the key « M e n u » to return to the
submenu
2. By using the .scroll key i (6-Fig. 2.1) following data are
1) To be activated by Atlas Copco only
2920 1207 O.S 21

shown (the data reflect the condition of the compressor at The status of the fan motor overload protection
the moment of shut-down): On water-cooled compressors also: the actual cooling
Time water outlet temperature
- Date
Duration of longest load or unload period (if these data
are selected) 16.2 Procedure
Number of running hours
Number of loading hours 1. If necessary, activate the main display. See .section 4.2.
Number of motor starts 2. Press the key « M o r c » . A screen similar to Fig. 16.
- Outlet pressure appears:
Compressor element outlet temperature
- Condition of the motor overload function
Press the key « M e n u » to return to the submenu and select
another option, e.g. « L a s t shutdown 2 » (i.e. the last shut- Auto operation
down but one) to consult the last shut-down data but one. Local control
Following screen may appear (Fig. 15.2): Timer active
Menu More _ Unid
Fl F2 • ' . F3
Element outlet
Shd Fig, 16.1. Example of a more display *" "^
no
C no
Menu « L i n e 1 » indicates the automatic or manual operation
-T* status of the regulator.
Fl F2 F3 « A u t o operation» means that the regulator automatically
adapts the operation of the compressor, i.e. loading,
Fig. 15.2. Example of a saved data screen unloading, stopping and automatic restarting according to
the programmed parameters.
The display (Fig. 15.2) indicates: « M a n operation» means that the automatic pressure
- The shut-down ( « S h d » ) was due to too high a compressor control function of the regulator is interrupted after manual
«element outlet» temperature intervention through the function keys on the keyboard (see
- The shut-down value is programmed at 110 degrees celsius section 17).
(«Shd n O » ) '
The temperature increased to « 1 1 0 » degrees celsius Line 2 indicates whether the regulator operates in local
- On the bottom line the key « M e n u » to return to the control or remote control mode.
submenu «Local control» means that the start/stop and load/unload
buttons on the keyboard are activated.
By using the scroll key i (6-Fig. 2.1), other data related to the « R e m o t e c o n t r o l » means that these functions are
shut-down can be called up. controlled remotely. Consult Atlas Copco.
Line 3 indicates whether the timer which generates time-

based start and stop commands is activated or not. See
16 MORE FUNCTION: Quick look at section 13.
actual compressor status 3. Press the key « M o r e » again: the next screen shows the
max. pressure, i.e. the max. allowable unloading pressure.
16.1 Function 4. Press the key « M o r e » to get following information (the
data reflect the actual condition of the compressor):
To have a quick look at: The delivery air pressure
- The control status of the compressor, i.e. automatic or The element outlet temperature
manual control, local or remote control, start/stop timer on Dewpoint (only on Full-feature compressors)
or off The status of the motor overload function
- The maximum allowable unloading pressure The number of running hours
- The actual outlet pressure The number of loading hours
- The actual temperature at the compressor element outlet On GA55/90C also
- The dewpoint (on Full-feature compressors) The pressure difference over the oil separator
- The status of the motor overload protection Tlie status of the fan motor overload protection
The running and loading hours On water-cooled compressors also: the actual
On GA55/90C also: cooling water outlet temperature
The pressure difference over the oil separator 5. The last item shown is always the loading hours.
22 2920 1207 05
17 MANUALLY LOADING/
UNLOADING
17.1 Function
To load and unload the compressor manually.
Nomially, the compressor is running in automatic operation,

i.e. the electronic regulator loads, unloads, stops and restarts
the compressor automatically. LED (I -Fig. 2.1) is then alight.
If required, the compressor can be unloaded manually. In this

case, the compressor is switched out of automatic operation,
i.e. the compressor remains running unloaded unless it is loaded
again manually.
•
17.2 Manually unloading
1. If necessary, activate the main display. See section 4.2.

^f 2. Press the key « U n l d » (unload) (5-Fig. 2.1). LED (I-
Fig. 2.1) goes out. The message «Manual Unloaded»
appears on the display.
17.3 Manually loading
1. If necessary, activate the main display. See section 4.2.

2. Press the key « L o a d » (5-Fig. 2.1). LED (1-Fig. 2.1)
lights up. Note that the command « L o a d » does not force
the compressor in loaded condition, but it will switch the
compressor to automatic operation again, i.e. the compressor
will be loaded if required by the air net pressure.
18 PROGRAMMABLE SETTINGS
18.1 Regulation settings
Minimum Nominal Maximum
Motor running time in star sec 5 10 10

Load delay time sec 0 0 10
Number of motor starts for GAll up to -22 starts/hr 0 10 30
Number of motor starts others starts/hr 0 10 10
Minimum stop time sec 1) 20 30
Required stop period 2) sec 0 20 60
Permissive start period 10) sec 0 20 60
Power recovery time sec 1 3 12)
2920 1207 05 23
Unloading pressure 3)
13 bar Pack bar(e;) 4.1 12.5 13
13 bar Full-feature bar(e;) 4.1 12.5 12.7
10 bar Pack bar(e'} 4.1 9.5 10
10 bar Full-feature bar(c;) 4.1 9.5 9.7.
7.5 bar Pack bar(e;) 4.1 7 7.5
7.5 bar Full-feature bar(e0 4.1 7 7.2
• 100 psi Pack bar(e ) 4.1 6.9 7.4
100 psi Full-feature bar(e;) 4.1 6.9 7.1
125 psi Pack bar(e ) 4.1 8.6 9.1
125 psi Full-feature bar(e ) 4.1 8.6 8.8
150 psi Pack bar(e ) 4.1 10.3 10.8
150 psi Full-feature bar(e ) 4.1 10.3 10.5
175 psi Pack bar(e ) 4.1 - 12 12.5
175 psi Full-feature ' bar(e ) 4.1 - 12.2
' "-*
Loading pressure 3)
13 bar Pack bar(e) 4 -11.9 12.9
13 bar Full-feature bar(e ) 4 11.9 12,6
JO bar Pack bar(e) 4 8.9 9.9
•'iO bar Full-feature bar(e ) 4 8.9 9.6
7.5 bar Pack bar(e ) 4 6.4 7.4
7.5 bar Full-feature bar(e) 4 6.4 7.1
100 psi Pack bar(e ) 4 6.3 7.3
100 psi Full-feature bar(e ) 4 6.3 7
125 psi Pack bar(e ) 4 8 9
125 psi Full-feature bar(e') 4 8 8.7
150 psi Pack bar(e) 4 9.7 10.7
150 psi Full-feature bar(e ) 4 9.7 10.4
175 psi Pack bar(e). 4 11.4 12.4
175 psi Full-feature bar(e) 4 11.4 12.1
18.2 Protection settings
Compressor element outlet temperature 4) .• Celsius 9) 100 109

(shut-down warning level)
Compressor element outlet temperature 4) Celsius 101 110 120
(shut-down level)
Delay at shut-down signal for GA55/90C 11) sec 0 0 7
For Full-feature also 13):

Dewpoint warning temperature for GA55/90C Celsius 3 15 50
Delay at signal 6) sec 0 3 10
Delay at starting 14) sec 0 255 255
On water-cooled GA55/75 compressors also:

Cooling water outlet temperature (warning level) Celsius 0 60 99
Delay at warning signal 6) sec 0 0 255
Delay at start 15) sec 0 0 255
24 2920 1207 05
18.3 Service settings
Minimum Nominal Maximun
Oil filter lifetime (running hours) hr 0 4000 5)
Oil lifetime (running hours) hr 0 4000 7)
Air filter (running hours) hr 0 4000
Oil separator (running hours) for GAS up to -10 hr 0 4000

Oil separator (running hours) for G A l l up to -90C hr 0 8000
Oil separator (pressure difference) for GA55 up to -90C bar 0 1 8)
Oil separator (delay at signal) for GA55 up to -90C 6) sec 0 10 20
1) Once the compressor is automatically stopped, it will remain stopped for the minimum stop time, whatever happens with the air ne
pressure. It is recommended to program this setting at minimum 20 seconds to prevent too-short stopping periods. If a lower settin;
should be required, consult Atlas Copco.
# 2) In automatic operation, the compressor will not be stopped by the regulator until a standstill period of at least the sum of the minimun
stop time and required stop period is expected. However, if the decrease in air net pressure should require a new start of the compressor
the regulator will start the compressor after the minimum stop time.
3) The regulator does not accept illogical settings, e.g. if the unloading pressure is programmed at 7.0 bar(e), the maximum limit for the
loading pressure changes into 6.9 bar(e). The recommended minimum pressure difference between loading and unloading is 0.6 bar.
4) The regulator does not accept illogical settings, e.g. if the warning level is programmed at 95 degrees celsius, the minimum limit for the
# shut-down level changes into 96 degrees celsius. The recommended difference between the warning level and shut-down level is 10
degrees celsius.
5) Use Atlas Copco oil filters. This interval is valid when using the recommended Atlas Copco Roto-injectfluid.
6) Is the time period during which the warning signal must exist before the warning message appears.
7) This interval is valid when using the recommended Atlas Copco Roto-injectfluid.
8) The recommended change interval is 8000 running hours or if exceeding 1 bar pressure drop over separator.
9) Recommended minimum setting: 70 degrees celsius. For testing the temperature sensor, this setting can be decreased to 50 degrees
Celsius. Reset the setting value after testing.
10) Is the period during which the start conditions are checked.
11) This is the period during which the signal must exist before the compressor is shut down. It is strongly recommended to program this time
at 0 seconds. If it should be required to program this setting at another value (e.g. to deal with transient high temperatures when using an
energy recovery .system), consult Atlas Copco.
12) Is only accessible if the automatic restart is activated. The power recovery time (the period within which the voltage must be restored
to have an automatic restart) can be set between 1 and 254 seconds or to symbol 00!. If the power recovery time is set to 00!, the
compressor will always restart after a voltage failure, no matter how long it takes to restore the voltage. To activate the automatic
restart function, consult Atlas Copco.
13) Full-feature version is the Pack version with integrated air dryer.
14) Is the time period during which the warning signal is ignored after starting to allow the dryer to reach the dewpoint ternperature.
15) Is the period after starting which must expire before generating a warning. This setting should be less than the setting for delay at signal.
2920 1207 05 25
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS (continued)
the unit to contain air above almo.sphcric pressure shall be protected 4. Before removing any pressurized component. cITcclivcly isolate i'
by a pressure-relieving device or devices as required. unit Irom all sources of pressure and relieve the entire system
pressure.
13. Pipework or other parts with a temperature in excess of 80 degrees
Celsius and which may be accidentally touched by personnel in nornial 5. Never use flammable solvents or carbon tetrachloride for cleanii
operation shall be guarded or insulated. Other high-lempcraturc parts. Take safety precautions against toxic vapours of cleanii
pipework shall be clearly marked. liquids.
14. If the ground is not level or can be .subject to variable inclination,
6. Scrupulously observe cleanliness during maintenance and repa-
Keep dirt away by covering the parts and expo.sed openings with
15. The electrical connections shall correspond to the local codes. The clean cloth, paper or tape.
units shall be grounded and protected againsi short circuits by fuses.
7. Never weld or perform any operation involving heat near the o
Operation system. Oil tanks must be completely purged, e.g. by sleam-cleanin.
before carrying out such operations.
1. Air hoses shall be of correct size and suitable for the working pressure.
Never use frayed, damaged or deteriorated hoses. U.se only the correct Never weld on. or in any way modify, pressure vessels.
type and size ofho.se end fittings and connections. When blowing Whenever there is an indication or any suspicion that an intern:
through a ho.se or air line, ensure that the open end is held securely. part of a machine is overheated, the machine shall be stopped but n^
A free end will whip and may cau.se injury. Make sure that a hose is inspection covers shall be opened before sufficient cooling tim
fully depressurized before disconnecting it. has elapsed; this to avoid the risk of spontaneous ignition of the oi
Never play with compressed air. Do not apply it to your skin or vapour when air is admitted.
direct an air stream at people. Never u.se it to clean dirt from your
Never use a light source with open flame for inspecting the interio
clothes. When u.sing it to clean equipment, do .so with extreme caution
of a machine, pressure vessel, etc.
and use eye protection.
2. The compressor is not considered as capable of producing air of 8. Make sure that no tools, loose parts or rags are left in or on the unil
breathing quality. For breathing air quality, the compressed air must 9. Before clearing the unit for use after maintenance or overhaul, checl
be adequately purified according to local legislation and standards. that operating pressures, temperatures and time settings are eorreci
3. Never operate the unit when there is a possibility of taking in and that the control and shut-down devices function correctly. 11
flammable or toxic fumes. removed, check that the coupling guard of the compressor drive shafi
has been reinstalled.
4. Never operate the unit at pressures below or in excess of its limit
ratings as indicated on the Principal Data sheet. 10. Every time the .separator element is renewed, examine the discharge
5. Keep all bodywork doors shut during operation. The doors may be pipe and the inside of the oil separator vessel for carbon deposits; if
opened for short periods only, e.g. to carry out checks. Wear ear excessive, the deposits should be removed.
protectors when opening a door. 11. Protect the motor, air filter, electrical and regulating components,
6. People staying in environments or rooms where the sound pressure etc. to prevent moisture from entering them, e.g. when steam-cleaning.
level reaches or exceeds 90 dB(A) shall wear ear protectors.
12. Make sure that all sound-damping material, e.g. on the bodywork
7. Periodically check that: and in the air inlet and outlet systems of the compressor, is in good
a. All guards are in place and securely fastened condition. If damaged, replace it by genuine Atlas Copco material
b. All hoses and/or pipes inside the unit are in good condition, secure to prevent the sound pressure level from increasing.
and not rubbing
c. There are no leaks 13. Never use caustic solvents which can damage materials of the air
d. All fa.steners are tight net. e.g. polycarbonate bowls.
e. All electrical leads are secure and in good order 14. The following safety precautions are stressed when handling
f. Safety valves and other pressure-relief devices are not obstructed
refrigerant:
by dirt or paint
g. Air outlet valve and air net, i.e. pipes, couplings, manifolds, a. Never inhale refrigerant vapours. Check that the working area
valves, hoses, etc. are in good repair, free of wear or abuse is adequately ventilated: if required, use breathing protection.
8. If warm cooling air from compressors is used in air heating systems, b. Always wear special gloves. In case of refrigerant contact with
e.g. to warm up a workroom, take precautions against air pollution the skin, rinse the skin with water. If liquid refrigerant contacts
and possible contamination of the breathing air. the skin through clothing, never tear off or remove the latter:
9. Do not remove any of, or tamper with, the sound-damping material. flush abundantly with fresh water over the clothing until all
refrigerant is flushed away; then seek medical first aid.
Maintenance c. Always wear safety glasses.
Maintenance and repair work .shall only be carried out under supervision 15. Protect hands to avoid injury from hot machine parts, e.g. during
of someone qualified for the job.
draining of oil.
1. Use only the correct tools for maintenance and repair work.
Note: With stationary machine units driven by an internal combustion
2. Use only genuine spare parts. engine, allowance has to be made for extra safety precautions, e.g. spark
3. All maintenance work, other than routine attention, shall only be arrestors, fuelling care, etc. Consult Atlas Copco.
undertaken when the unit is stopped: the main power supply is
switched off and the machine has cooled down. Take positive All responsibility for any damage or injury, resulting from neglecting
precaution to ensure that the unit cannot be started inadvertently. these precautions, or by non-observance of ordinary caution and due
care required in handling, operating, maintenance or repair, even if
In addition, a warning sign bearing a legend such as "work in not expressly mentioned in this book, will be disclaimed by Atlas
progress; do not .start" shall be attached to the starting equipment. Copco.
2920 1377 01 2/2

What sets Atlas Copco apart as a compaii) is our
con\ iction that we can only excel in what we do if we provide
the best possible knqw-how and technology to really help our
-customers producergrow and succeed'
-' •?'"* "J '
There is''a um'queVay of achieving that - wc simply call it
''rthe Atlas Copco way-ut builds on interaction, on long-term ^

*^s'
ii' - u -V^
(U ^
' j^*relationships and invplvement in'tKe'customers' process, "•
' ' H -"^ i ' ^ - '
^ f
e-i ! 4
'•if- '•^.needs and objectives'Ît means having the *" ?-v
?*
^/ i/"^'
^ ' • l
^J, flexibility to adapfcto, the diverse demands of the people .}
^y i! ^
\' we cater for - v '' r'
"
v,i t's the commitment to our customers' business that
-"."^•f
I>
V•* drives our effort towards increasing their productivity through
•«-«
^*'*' "" better solutions It starts withffuUy supporting existing

. ' a s ' if-
r f^
1
<,'- products and continuously doing things better, but it goes
5*'^
*'i »ij;
'•--much furtherfcreatingâdvances iritechnology throiigh ">•,
i ^.^ ; , innovation Not for tlie sake of tec'lihology, but for the sake
of our customer-s bottomdine and'peace-of-mind'
That is how'AtiasiCopco wilLstnve to remain the first
• choice, to succeed itfattracting new^business and'to maintain
. " our position as the industry,leader ^ "
V.-""
o
ON
U
Q
o
o
<N
C
(N
d
Z
IdasCopco
GA30, GA37, GA45

GA30 W, GA37 W, GA45 W
Parts list
From following serial No. onwards:

AII-360 000
"Copyright 1998, Atlas Copco Airpower n.v., Antwerp, Belgium.
Any unauthorized use or copying of the contents or any part of this book is prohibited.
i This applies in particular to trademarks, model denominations, part numbers and drawings.'
No. 2930 1273 01
Registration code: APC G30-45/'98 / 39 / 998

Replaces No. 2930 1273 00
ft
Web-site: http://www.atlascopco-compressors.com
1998-10
MlasCopco
2 9 3 0 1 2 7 J 0 1
Paris list
Contents Indice
Inhoud Innholdsfortegnelse
Innehall Indice
Inhaltsverzeichnis Indholdsfortegnelse
Table des matieres Sisallysluettelo
Indice
Valve parts Oil system

Kleponderdelen Oliesysteem
Ventildetaljer Oljesystem
Ventilteile Olsystem
Details des soupapes Systemed'huile
Detalles de las valvulas Sistemade aceite
Dettagli delle valvole Sistema deU'olio
Ventildele Oliesystem
Pe9as das valvulas Sistema de oleo
Ventildeler
Venttiilin osat
1 Oljesystem
Voitelujarjestelma.
Drive arrangement Cooler(s)
Aandrij fuitvoering Koeler(s)
Drivarrangemang Kylare
Antriebsanordnung Kuhler
Dispositif d'entrainement Refroidisseur(s)
Disposici6n de accionamiento Refrigerador(es)
Disposizione di azionamento Refrigeratore(i)
Arrangement K0lere
DisfKDsiâo de accionamento Refrigerador(es)
Drivarrangement Kj0ler(e)
Rakenne Jaahdyttimet
Motor and coupling -GA .7
Motor en koppeling
Motor och koppling GAW .8
Motor und Kupplung
Moteur et accouplement Water system GAW
Motor y acoplamiento Watersysteem
Motore elettrico e giunto Vattensystem
Motor og kobling Wassersystem
Motor e acopulamento Systeme d'eau
Motor og kopling Sistema de agua
Moottorijakytkin Sistema dell'acqua
Vandsystem
Air flow Sistema de agua
Luchtstroming Vannsystem
Luftflode Vesijarjestelma
Luftstrom
Flux d'air Cubicle
Flujo de aire Kast
Flusso d'aria Skap
Luftflow Schaltschrank
Fluxo de ar
Luftstr0m Armoire
Ilman virtaus... Armario
Armadio elettrico
Air receiver Elskab
Luchtketel Quadro
Luftbehillare Skap
Luftbehalter Kotelo
Reservoir d'air
Deposito de aire - Standard Pack 10
Serbatoio dell'aria
Luftbeholder - Pack + Full Feature 11
Reservatorio de ar
Luftbeholder - Pack + Full Feature CSA-UL 12
Ilmasailio
2930 1273 01
raris list JiUasVopcc
Contents Indice
Inhoud Innhoidsfortegnelse
Innehall Indice
Inhaltsverzeichnis Indhoidsfortegnelse
Table des matieres Sisallysluettelo
Indice
Water separator connections Conexiones del secador de aire

Aansluitingen van de waterafscheider Connessioni del essiccatore d'aria
Vattenavskiljarens anslutningar Tilslutninger, k0let0rrer
Anschlusse des Wasserabscheiders LigagSes do secador de ar
Connexions du separateur d'eau Luftt0rkerti 1 kopl i nger
Conexiones del separador de agua
Connessioni del separatore di condensa
Kuivaimen liitannat 18
Tilslutninger, vandseparator Air dryer (Optional)
Liga96es ao dreno de condensados Luchtdroger
Vannutskillertilkoplinger Lufttorkare
Vedenerottimen liitannat 13 Lufttrockner
Secheur d'air
Regulating system Secador de aire
Regelsysteem Essiccatore d'aria
Reglersystem Luftt0rrer
Regelsystem Secador de ar
Luftt0rker
Systeme de regulation
Sistema de regulacion
Kuivain 19
Sistema di regolazione Heat recovery system (Optional)
Reguleringssystem Warmterecuperatiesysteem
Sistema de regulaâo Varmeatervinningssystem
Reguleringssystem Warmeruckgewinnungssystem
Saatojarjestelma
- Pack + Full Feature ... 14 Systeme de recuperation de chaleur
Sistema de recuperacion de calor
- Standard Pack. 15 Sistema di recupero del calore
Varmegenvindingssystem
-Bodywork Sistema de recuperaâo de energia
Carrosserie Varmegjenvinningssystem
Lammon talteenottojarjestelma
.20
Karosseri
Karosserie Drain system (Optional)
Capotage Aftapsysteem
Carrocerfa Avtappningssystem
Cappottatura AblaBsystem
Karosseri Systeme de vidange
Carroceria Sistema de drenaje
Kabinett
Kotelo
16 Sistema di scarico
Draensystem
Modulating control (Optional) Sistema de drenagem de condensados
Modulatiecontrole Avtappingssystem
Moduleringskontroll Lauhteenpoistojarjestelma
Modulationskontrolle
Controle de la modulation
- Electronic condensate drain .21
Control de modulacion
Controllo continuo
OSD. .22
Modulationsstyring Service kits
Controlo de modulaâo Service kits
Modulasjonsregulering Service kits
Modulointisaato 17 Service Kits
Service kits
Air dryer connections (Optional) Service kits
Aansluitingen van de luchtdroger Kit per la manutenzione
Lufttorkaranslutningar Service kits
Anschlusse des Lufttrockners Conjuntos de reparaâo
Connexions du secheur d'air Servicesett .23
Huoltotarvikesarjat
2930 1273 01
I'aiis list
1
2105 \ ^ ^ e
2100 — 1 ~ © J—2135
2115 <f> ® © 2115
2060 f,45_,
' ° ' l ^ ® 1 1150-^
2080 - , ! a I ' X
\«.^ I 2055
I 2065 ^ "^ a —^2025
2070 I rr"^^ 7030
2050—® '<^ '' ^'^•^"
m
#
1090
1130
60464 20
2930 1273 01
JUMUSiMpCO
trails list
Valve parts 1
Ref. Part number Qty Name Remarks Ref. Part number Qty Name Remarks
1020 1613 2355 00 Body 1235 0147 1479 03 2 Hexagon bolt
1025 1613 2359 00 Piston 1240 0301 2378 00 2 Washer
1030 0686 6448 00 Hexagon plug 1 Unloading valve
1035 0661 1000 30 Seal washer 1613 8144 83 Modulating control
1040 1613 2356 00 Valve 1613 8144 82 Others
1045 1613 2357 00 Spring 2020 1613 8144 01 • 1 Valve housing
1050 1613 8140 00 Nipple 2025 0500 4510 33 • 1 Plain bearing
1060 0661 1000 30 Seal washer 2030 • 1 Valve
1065 0686 4204 00 Hexagon plug 1613 7448 81 Modulating control
1070 0661 1000 27 Seal washer 1613 6818 01 Others
1075 0663 3120 00 O-ring 2040 1613 8068 01 • 1 Spring
1080 0663 7135 00 O-ring 2045 1613 8146 01 • 1 Piston rod
1085 0147 1336 03 4 Hexagon bolt 2050 1613 6813 0 0 . 1 Plug
1090 1613 7960 00 Valve housing 2055 1613 6796 00 • 1 Valve seat
1105 0686 4203 00 Hexagon plug 2060 1613 6783 00 • 1 Piston
1110 0661 1000 26 Seal washer 2065 1513 001100 • 1 Spring
1115 1202 6139 00 Valve 2070 1613 6794 00 • 1 Cover
1120 1613 5165 00 Spring 2075 0663 7132 00 • 1 O-ring
1125 0663 7138 00 O-ring 2080 0335 2136 00 • 1 Circlip
1126 0663 2107 77 O-ring 2085 0663 7144 00 • 1 O-ring
1130 0147 1374 03 Hexagon bolt 2090 0653 0500 02 • 1 Gasket
1136 0686 3716 01 Hexagon plug 2095 0261 1090 67 • 1 Nut
1137 0653 1062 00 Flat gasket 2100 0211 1328 03 • 2 Cap screw
1140 0663 7150 00 O-ring 2105 1 Plug
1145 0147 1363 03 Hexagon bolt 1613 8148 00 Modulating control
1150 03012344 00 4 Washer 0686 4210 00 Others
1175 1619 5819 00 Sintered disk 2110 0661 1000 32 • 1 Seal washer
1180 1613 7912 01 Indicator 2115 0301 2335 00 • 4 Washer
1185 0347 6119 00 Hose clip 2120 1613 8147 00 • 1 Cover
1205 1613 6752 13 Antivibration pad 2125 1613 8145 00 • 1 Piston
1210 0147 1400 03 2 Hexagon bolt 2130 1613 6816 00 • 1 Lipseal
1215 0301 2358 00 2 Washer 2135 0211 1963 92 • 2 Screw
1220 1613 6752 12 2 Antivibration pad 2140 1613 6817 01 • 1 Spring
1225 0147 1400 03 4 Hexagon bolt 2145 • 1 Plug
1230 0301 2358 00 4 Washer 1613 6964 00 Modulating control
0663 7110 00 •• 1 O-ring
2930 1273 01 5
JlLlUIHAJfMX) Parts list
Drive arrangement
1055
•3035
\
-I'^'lloS '°^' 2015

1 ^1095 4020 /,
1100 '
60383_01
A Gearbox drive 1613 8169 00 GA37-150

1010 2989 0159 00 1 Service stage 1613 8443 00 GA45-7.5
1020 0101 195140 2 Pin 1613 8671 00 GA45-10
1025
1030
0147 1365 03
0504 0200 13
12 Hexagon bolt
Bearing
1613
1613
8669 00
8546 00
GA45-13
GA45-125
i
1045 1613 8167 00 Retainer 1613 8259 00 GA45-150
1055 0147 1326 03 3 Hexagon bolt 2015 1 Gear wheel
1060 0663 2103 22 0-ring 1613 8446 00 GA30-10, GA37-13, GA45-17f
1065 0337 0009 35 Parallel key 1613 8448 00 GA30-13
1070
1075
1616 4928 00
0147 1409 03
Washer
Hexagon bolt
1613 8544 00
1613 8540 00
GA30-100
GA30-125
i
1095 1613 818100 Nozzle 1613 8666 00 GA30-150
1100 0663 2109 30 0-ring 1613 8668 00 GA30-175
1105 0147 1323 03 Bolt 1613 8537 00 GA37-7.5,GA45-100
1110 1613 8166 00 Bushing 1613 8180 00 GA37-10
1115 0335 2169 00 Int. circlips 1613 8539 00 GA37-100
1120 0508 1100 50 Roller bearing 1613 8542 00 GA37-125
1240 2904 0061 00 1 Lipseal kit 1613 8175 00 GA37-150
2010 1 Drive shaft 1613 8444 00 GA45-7.5
1613 8445 00 GA30-10, GA37-13, GA45-175 1613 8672 00 GA45-10
1613 8447 00 GA30-13 1613 8670 00 GA45-13
1613 8545 00 GA30-100 1613 8547 00 GA45-125
1613 8541 00 1613 8260 00
GA30-125 B GA45-150
1613 8665 00
1613 8667 00 GA30-150
GA30-175 3010 2989 0158 00 1 Direct
Servicedrive
stage
1613 8536 00 GA37-7.5, GA45-100 3035 2901 0502 00 • 1 Lipseal kit
1613 8174 00 GA37-10 1616 6471 00 •• 1 Cover
1613 8538 00 GA37-100 0663 2106 16 •• 1 O-ring
1613 8543 00 GA37-125 4020 0101 1951 40 2 Pin
4025 0147 1365 03 12 Hexagon bolt
6 2930 1273 01
Parts list JWasCopeo
Motor and coupling
60385_08
1020 1613 8168 00 1 Coupling hub 1080 2960 02 GA30 230V/50HZ

1025 0337 6068 00 1 Parallel key 1080 2961 02 GA37 230V/50HZ
1030 1613 6885 00 1 Coupling element 1080 2962 02 GA45 230V/50HZ
1035 1 Coupling 1080 2960 03 GA30 400V/50HZ
1613 6884 01 50Hz 1080 2961 03 GA37 400V/50HZ
1613 6884 02 60Hz 1080 2962 03 GA45 400V/50HZ
1040 1 Gearcasing 1080 2960 04 GA30 500V/50HZ
1613 8163 00 50Hz 1080 296104 GA37 500V/50HZ
1613 8234 00 60Hz 1080 2962 04 GA45 500V/50HZ
1613 8639 00 1 Coupling housing 1080 2960 05 GA30 230V/60HZ-460V/60H/
1055 1619 6032 00 2 Nipple SPM 1080 2961 05 GA37 230V/60HZ-460V/60H?
1070 0147 1477 03 4 Hexagon bolt 1080 2962 05 GA45 230V/60Hz-460V/60m
2030 1 Spacer 1080 2960 06 GA30 380V/60HZ
1613 8285 02 GA30 1080 2961 06 GA37 380V/60HZ
1613 8385 01 GA37, GA45 1080 2962 06 GA45 380V/60HZ
2035 0147 1485 03 1 Hexagon bolt 1080 2960 07 GA30 575V/60HZ
2040 0301 2378 00 1 Washer 1080 2961 07 GA37 575V/60HZ
3010 1 Motor 1080 2962 07 GA45 575V/60HZ
1080 2960 01 GA30 200V/50HZ 1080 2960 08 GA30 200V/60HZ
1080 2961 01 GA37 200V/50HZ 1080 2961 08 GA37 200V/60HZ
1080 2962 01 GA45 200V/50HZ 1080 2962 08 GA45 200V/60HZ
2930 1273 01 7
Farts list
—11150
<6—'1155
1165—<i>
1160—@0 1140
1145_| . , ^ - 1 1 3 5
' ^—1130
'' / ^ b ' — 1 1 1 5
/~/ / ^^20
/n--v / a^—1110
60397_02
2930 1273 01
lârls list MXlasVopo)
Air flow
Ref. Part number Qty Name Remarks Ref. Part number Qty Name Remarlcs
1020 1613 8367 00 1 Pipe 1145 0147 1362 03 2 Hexagon bolt

1025 0663 7136 00 1 O-ring 1150 0147 1962 69 1 Hexagon bolt
1030 0211 1401 03 2 Cap screw 1155 0301 2344 00 1 Washer
1040 1613 8377 80 2 Joint set 1160 1613 845101 1 Antivibration paper
1613 8377 00 • 1 Joint 1165 1613 8452 00 1 Washer
1045 1613 8375 00 1 Pipe 1170 0291 n i l 00 1 Locknut
f 1050
1055
0147 1960 44
0301 2335 00
4
4
Hexagon bolt
Washer
1175
1613 8371 00
Pipe
GA
1060 1613 8368 00 1 Pipe 1613 8596 00 GAW
1065 0663 7136 00 1 O-ring 1180 1 O-ring
1070 0211 1363 03 2 Cap screw 0663 7134 00 GA
1075 0301 2344 00 2 Washer 0663 7136 00 GAW
1080 0147 1962 70 1 Hexagon bolt 1185 0147 1362 03 :I Hexagon bolt
1085 1613 845101 2 Antivibration paper 1190 0653 1100 00 Flat gasket
1086 1613 8452 00 2 Washer 1195 1079 5840 03 Nipple
1095 0291 1111 00 1 Locknut 1200 0574 9914 01 Hose assembly
1100 1 Pipe 1205 1079 5840 03 Nipple
1613 8369 00 GA 1210 0653 1100 00 Flat gasket
1613 8594 00 GAW 1215 1079 5840 20 Nipple
1105 0663 7138 00 1 O-ring 1220 0653 1100 00 Flat gasket
1110 0147 1362 03 2 Hexagon bolt 1230 0574 9914 02 I Hose assembly
1115 1613 8377 80 2 Joint set 1235 1079 5840 03 Nipple
1613 8377 00 • 1 Joint 1240 0653 1100 00 1 Flat gasket
1120 1613 8375 00 1 Pipe 1260 0581 1200 23 I Elbow coupling
1125 0147 1960 44 4 Hexagon bolt 1265 0070 6002 05 Pd^ Plastic tube
1130 0301 2335 00 4 Washer 1270 0581 1200 23 Elbow coupling
1135 1 Pipe 1275 1613 6949 00 1 Adaptor
1613 8370 00 GA
1613 8595 00 GAW
1140 1 O-ring
0663 7134 00 GA
0663 7136 00 "GAW
2930 1273 01 9
> t4«Cb> IXH^Û/ Parts list
» 1080
i —1085
1030 — f I
1020-
1075—CD
60386_03
10 2930 1273 01
Parts list /UlasCopco
Air receiver
1020 1202 9747 00 Cover 2025 1 Safety valve

1025 1613 3220 01 Piston 0832 1000 74 7.5 bar(e)
1030 0335 3111 00 Retaining ring 0832 1000 78 10 bar(e)
1035 1614 4662 00 2 Piston ring 0832 1000 79 13 bar(e)
1040 0663 3133 00 O-ring 0830 1007 78 100-125psi
I 3045
1050
1612 4048 00
1613 3221 00
Spring
Piston valve 2026
0830 1007 79 150-175psi
Seal washer
1055 1613 3223 01 Washer 0661 1000 29 psi
1060 1613 3222 00 Washer 2030 1 Tee
1065 0147 1244 03 Hexagon bolt 0564 0000 18 As
1070 1612 4049 00 Spring 0564 0000 72 Others
1075 0663 7136 00 O-ring 1 Vessel
1080 0147 1362 03 4 Hexagon bolt 1613 8337 85 JIS
1085 0301 2344 00 Washer 1613 8337 81 As
1090 1613 8397 00 Oil separator element 1613 8337 82 L, D, S, Sa, T, Tk
1100 1613 8399 00 Shield 3020 • 1 Vessel
1105 1613 8103 00 Bushing 3025 1613 6790 01 • 1 Valve housing
1110 0551 000105 Threaded pipe 3030 • 12 Hexagon bolt
1115 0686 3716 02 Hexagon plug 0147 1960 64 LL, DIR, S
1120 0661 1000 27 Seal washer 0147 1958 86 As, Jis
1125 1616 5108 00 Level gauge 3035 0663 7168 00 • '2 O-ring
1130 1613 8430 00 4 Antivibration pad 3040 1202 8992 00 • 1 Plug
1135 0301 2335 00 4 Washer 3045 0663 2102 15 • 1 O-ring .
1140 0266 2110 00 4 Nut 3050 0686 3716 02 • 1 Hexagon plug
3055 0661 1000 27 • 1 Seal washer
2930 1273 01 11
Parts list
1225
1220
.-.>
60402 05
12 2930 1273 01
Farts list JUtasVopcc
Oil system 6
1020 0574 9918 02 1 Hose assembly 1125 1619 5509 00 1 Nipple

1025 1619 5509 00 2 Nipple 1130 0661 1000 29 1 Seal washer
1030 0661 1000 29 2 Seal washer 1150 1613 8460 00 1 Pipe
1040 1613 6883 03 1 Valve housing 1155 0580 0402 00 1 Pipe coupling
1045 0147 1362 03 2 Hexagon bolt 1156 0653 1062 00 1 Flat gasket
1050 0301 2344 00 2 Washer 1160 1614 4184 01 1 Nozzle
1055 0574 991103 1 Hose assembly 1165 0653 1062 00 1 Flat gasket
1060 1619 5509 00 1 Nipple 1170 1619 5205 00 2 Nipple
1065 0661 1000 29 1 Seal washer 1175 0653 1062 00 2 Flat gasket
1070 1 Hose assembly 1180 0574 9911 01 1 Hose assembly
0574 9910 06 GA 1190 1613 6105 00 1 Oil filter
0574 991103 GAW 1195 1619 3770 00 1 Nipple
1075 1619 5509 00 1 Nipple 1210 0663 7136 00 2 O-ring GAW
1080 0661 1000 29 1 Seal washer 1215 1613 7000 05 2 Flange GAW
1100 1614 6118 00 1 Flange 1220 0301 2378 00 2 Washer GAW
1105 0663 2101 95 1 0-ring 1225 0147 1401 03 2 Hexagon bolt GAW
1110 0147 1246 03 2 Hexagon bolt 1230 1619 5509 00 2 Nipple GAW
1115 0301 2321 00 2 Washer 1235 0661 1000 29 2 Seal washer GAW
1120 0574 9911 05 1 Hose assembly
2930 1273 01 13
ârts lisl
Cooler - GA
-<>,
1045
3010
301
60408_04
1020 1079 1472 05 4 Bolt 3000 • 1 Cooler

1045 0147 1322 03 6 Hexagon bolt 3010 0661 1038 00 • 2 Sealing washer
1050 0301 2335 00 6 Washer 3015 1619 5509 0 0 * 2 Nipple
1 Support assembly 3020 0653 1062 00 • 1 Flat gasket
1613 8481 80 GA45 3025 0686 3716 01 • 1 Hexagon plug
1613 8483 80 GA30 4030 1 Fan assembly
1613 8482 80 GA37 1613 8532 01 230-400V/50HZ
2010 • 1 Support 1613 8532 10 220-460V/60HZ (C, U)
1613 8481 00 GA45 1613 8532 06 200V/50HZ
1613 8483 00 GA30
2015 1619 3843 00 • AR Seal
1 Cooler
1613 8364 00 GA45
1613 8366 00 GA30
1613 8365 00
GA37
14 2930 1273 01
Parts list MtlasCopcc
Coolers - GA W 8
^(i •2030
•i»
60409_04
1 Oilcooler 1100 0661 1033 00 • 1 Gasket
1613 7021 86 SA 1 Aftercooler
1020 1613 6200 0 0 * Cylinder 1613 7022 86 SA
1025 1613 7027 00 • Tubestack 2020 1613 7024 00 • Cylinder
1030 1614 6249 00 • Water box 2025 1613 7023 00 • Tubestack
1035 1614 6250 00 • Return box 2030 1614 6249 00 • Water box
1040 1614 6256 00 • 4 0-ring 2035 1614 6250 00 • Return box
1045 1614 6258 00 • Division rib 2040 1614 6256 00 • 4 0-ring
1050 1614 6259 00 • Gasket 2045 1614 6258 00 • Division rib
1055 1614 6257 00 • Ring 2050 1614 6259 00 • Gasket
1085 9820 0857 00 • Data plate instruction 2055 1614 6257 00 • Ring
1095 0686 3716 02 • Drain plug 2085 9820 0857 00 • Data plate instruction
2930 1273 01 15
JUUtsCopco Parts list
Water system - GA W
1035
1030—«!&,
•^ 1020
^1025 1070
1080— © .<\
1085
1090--® 10^5 ^ ^ '

I
1040 ^^**^
60403_06
1020 1613 6991 00 1 Pipe 1060 1613 8593 00 1 Pipe
1025 0663 7135 00 2 0-ring 1065 0663 7135 00 1 O-ring
1030 0147 1401 03 4 Hexagon bolt 1070 0147 1401 03 2 Hexagon bolt
1035 0301 2358 00 4 Washer 1075 0301 2358 00 2 Washer
1040 1613 8592 00 1 Pipe 1080 0686 3716 01 2 Hexagon plug
1045 0663 7135 00 1 O-ring 1085 0653 1062 00 2 Flat gasket
1050 0147 1401 03 2 Hexagon bolt 1090 0686 4203 00 2 Hexagon plug
1055 0301 2358 00 2 Washer 1095 0653 1100 00 2 Flat gasket
16 2930 1273 01
l-'arts list
Start cubicle - star-delta - Standard Pack 10
1150
1030
1230
I 60444_12
1 Cubicle 1190 • 1 Contactor

1900 2013 53 GA30 400V/50HZ 1089 9415 23 1)
1900 2013 61 GA37 400V/50HZ 1089 9415 31 2)
1020 1079 9906 09 <• 1 Label 1200 • 2 Contactor
1030 1079 991177 «. 1 Label 1089 9415 32 1)
1040 1089 0362 50 <> 1 Contact block 1089 9415 33 2)
1050 1089 0362 56 <• 1 Emergency stop button 1210 1089 9416 01 • 1 Contact block
1060 1089 0362 60 <> 1 Push button 1220 1089 9416 24 • 1 Circuit breaker
1070 1089 0506 16 <• 1 Fuse terminal 1230 • 1 Overload relay
1080 1089 0506 62 «• 7 Terminal 1089 9424 40 1)
1090 1089 0506 63 <• 2 Terminal 1089 9424 41 2)
1100 1089 0588 01 <» 1 Time relay 1240 1613 6639 00 • 1 Data plate
1110 1089 0612 01 .• 2 Fuse holder 1250 1613 8506 0 0 * 1 Plate
1120 1089 0612 22 <• 2 Fuse 1260 9820 2521 51 • 1 Service diagram 3)
1130 1089 9037 09 • 1 Fuse
1140 1089 9051 11 .• 1 Toggle switch 1) GA30 400V/50HZ
1150 1089 9136 95 • 1 Transformer 2) GA37 400V/50HZ
1160 1089 9388 16 • 1 Relay 3) Supplied loose / Los geleverd / Levereras separat / Lose
1170 1089 9415 07 • 1 Contact block mi tgeliefert / Livre separement / Suministrado suelto /
1180 1089 9415 08 • 2 Contact block Fornito separatamente / Leveres separat / Fornecido
separadamente / Leveres separat / Toimitetaan irrallisena
2930 1273 01 17
UlasCopco
II
1170-
1180-
i
1030-
1250-
1190 1200 1090 1120

1140
1020
TT 1280 1260
^1 .iad*
I *X
60443_12
2930 1273 01
Start cubicle - star/delta - Pack / Full-feature 11
1 Cubicle 1220 • 2 Contactor

1900 2013 03 GA30 400V/50HZ 1089 9415 32 1)2)
1900 2013 08 GA30 460V/60HZ 1089 9415 42 3)
1900 2013 09 GA37 200V/50HZ 1089 9415 33 4)5)
1900 2013 11 GA37 400V/50HZ 1089 9415 41 6)7)
1900 2013 14 GA37 460V/60HZ 1230 1089 9416 01 • 1 Contact block
1900 2013 17 GA45 400V/50HZ 1240 • 1 Circuit breaker
1900 2013 99 GA45 380V/60HZ 1089 9416 24 1)2)4)5)6)7)
1020 1079 9906 09 • 1 Label 1089 9416 26 3)
1030 1079 991177 . 1 Label 1250 • 1 Overload relay
1040 1088 0014 04 • 1 Connector 1089 9424 40 1)5)
1050 1088 0014 10 • I Connector 1089 9424 39 2)
I 1060
1070
1088 0014 15
1089 0362 50
•
•
1
2
Connector
Contact block
1089 9424 48
1089 9424 41
3)
4)
1080 1089 0362 51 • 1 Emergency stop button 1089 9424 46 6)7)
1090 • 1 Terminal 1260 1613 6639 00 • 1 Data plate
1089 0506 03 1)2)4)5) 1270 1613 8506 0 0 * 1 Plate
1089 0506 05 3)6)7) 1280 9820 252101 • 1 Service diagram 8)
1100 1089 0506 16 • 3 Fuse terminal 1290 1089 0612 29 • 2 Fuse
1110 • 1 Terminal
1089 0506 60 1)2)4)5) 1) GA30 400V/50HZ
1089 0506 06 3)6)7) 2) GA30 460V/60HZ
1120 1089 0506 62 • 8 Terminal 3) GA37 200V/50HZ
1130 1089 0506 63 • 2 Terminal 4) GA37 400V/50HZ
1140 1089 0506 64 • 1 Terminal 5) GA37 460V/60HZ
1150 1089 0612 01 • 2 Fuse holder 6) GA45 400V/50HZ
1160 1089 9037 09 • 3 Fuse 7) GA45 380V/60HZ
1170 1089 9136 92 • 1 Transformer 8) Supplied loose / Los geleverd / Levereras separat / Lose
1180 • 1 Transformer mitgeliefert / Livre separement / Suministrado suelto /
1089 9136 95 1)4)6) Fornito separatamente / Leveres separat / Fornecido
1089 9436 02 2)3)5)7) seoaradamente / Leveres separat / Toimitetaan irrallisena
1190 1089 9415 07 • 3 Contact block
1200 1089 9415 08 • 3 Contact block
1210 • 1 Contactor
1089 9415 23 1)
1089 9415 31 2)4)5)6)
1089 9415 41 3)
1089 9415 32 7)
2930 1273 01 19
Sfc** * J O KJKI^J'IXJ^
Parts list
12 Start cubicle - star/delta - Pack / Full-feature CSA-UL
TT
. =fa- -4^
-Q o b ^
? R i - i3f;
-1030
1200
1110-
50 i2io\ i:=o:],3:| I i
li
1040
1050
1230-
35^^ i
i
1220-
^•
1150 1160 1060 1070

1090
1270 1240
f
60445_1Z
•
1 Cubicle 1160 1089 9415 08 • 3 Contact block
1900 2016 02 GA30 460V/60HZ, 1170 1089 9415 10 • Interlock
GA37 460V/60HZ 1180 1089 9415 34 • Contactor
1020 1079 9909 66 • 1 Label 1190 1089 9415 36 • 2 Contactor
1030 1079 9911 01 • 1 Label 1200 1089 9416 01 • Contact block
1040 1089 0362 50 • 2 Contact block 1210 1089 9416 23 • Circuit breaker
1050 1089 0362 51 • 1 Emergency stop button 1220 1089 9424 39 • Overload relay
1060 1089 0506 07 • 1 Terminal 1230 1089 9436 02 • Transformer
1070 1089 0506 62 • 7 Terminal 1240 1613 3046 00 • Data plate
1080 1089 0506 63 • 3 Terminal 1250 1613 3431 0 0 - Label
1090 1089 0506 64 • 1 Terminal 1260 1613 8506 00 • Plate
1100 1089 9049 04 • 7 Fuse holder 1270 9820 2521 04 • Service diagram 1)
1110 1089 9136 92 • 1 Transformer
1120 1089 9168 07 • 1 Fuse link 1) Supplied loose / Los geleverd / Levereras separat / Lose
1130 1089 9168 09 • 2 Fuse link mitgeliefert / Livre separement / Suministrado suelto /
1140 1089 9168 26 • 2 Fuse link Fornito separatamente / Leveres separat / Fornecido
1150 1089 9415 07 • 3 Contact block separadamente / Leveres separat / Toimitetaan irrallisena
20 2930 1273 01
Parts list /UlasCopco
Water separator connections - Pack version 13

1120—t
1125 &
1100,
1111 1112 1080
60414 06
1175
1010 1617 0010 00 1 Waterseparator 1120 0147 1360 03 4 Hexagon bolt

0663 2101 71 ' 1 0-ring 1125 03012344 00 4 Washer
2900 1017 00 ' 1 Drain valve kit 1130 1613 8392 80 1 Baffle assembly 1)
1015 1613 8373 00 1135 1079 1472 05 4 Bolt
1020 0663 7136 00 1 Pipe
1 O-ring 1150 1089 0575 41 1 Press.transducer
1025 0147 1363 03
1030 03012344 00 2 Hexagon bolt 1155 0070 6002 05 AR Plastic tube
1035 1613 8377 80 2 Washer 1160 05810000 35 1 Coupling
1613 8377 00 • 1 Joint set 1165 06611000 25 1 Seal washer
1040 0147 1960 44 1 Joint 1170 05810000 55 1 Pipe coupling
1045 0301 2335 00 2 Hexagon bolt 1175 0070 6002 04 AR Plastic tube
1055 0147 1379 03 2 Washer 1180 05810000 34 1 Coupling
1060 1613 845102 1 Hexagon bolt 1190 0661 1000 25 1 Seal washer
1065 1613 8452 00 1 Antivibration paper
1070 0301 2344 00 1195 05810000 43 1 Coupling
1 Washer 1200 05810000 33 1 Coupling
1075 0291 nil 00
1080 1613 8374 00 I Washer 1205 0653 1046 00 1 Flat gasket
1085 0663 7136 00 1 Locknut 1210 1619with
1) Lined 7336/ Bekleed
00 1met /Cock
Bekladd med / Ausgekleidet
1090 0301 2344 00 1 Pipe mit / Garni de / Revestido de /
1095 0147 1363 03 1 O-ring Allineato con / Foret med / Revestido com / Kledd med /
1100 1613 8394 00 2 Washer Vuorattu
1110 0301 2335 00 2 Hexagon bolt Foam: 1079 0003 32 (AR) 30 x 2000 x 1500
1115 0266 2110 00 I Support
4 Washer
4 Nut
2930 1273 01 21
jtuaxvopco Parts list
14
60410_09
22 2930 1273 01
Parts list JiZUtSVopcO
Regulating system - Pack + Full-feature 14
Ref. Part number Qty Name Remarks Ref, Part number Qty Name Remarks
1005 1088 1001 01 1 Warning mark (C,U) 1085 0129 3104 00 4 Blind rivet (C, U)
1010 1 Solenoid valve 1 Airfilter assembly
1089 0428 21 220V/50HZ 1613 7400 81 1)
1089 0428 19 220V/60HZ 1613 7398 80 2)
1089 0428 20 110V/60HZ (C,U) 2010 • 1 Support
1011 0663 2104 83 • 2 O-ring 1614 7401 00 1)
1015 1 Thermostat 1613 7399 00 2)
1619 7596 00 13bar(e), 175p;iig 2015 • 1 Air filter
1619 7333 00 Others 1613 7400 00 1)
1020 1900 0700 06 1 Regulator 1613 7398 00 2)
1025 1 Cable 2020 • 1 Element
1613 6947 01 (C,U) 1613 7408 00 1)
1613 6897 01 Others 1613 7407 00 2)
1035 1089 0574 04 1 Temp.sensor
1055 0147 1327 03 2 Hexagon bolt 1) GA37-7.5, GA37-8, GA37-100, GA45-7.5, GA45-8,
1060 0301 2335 00 2 Washer GA45-10, GA45-100,, GA45-125,GA45-150
1065 1 Hose 2) GA30, GA37-10, GA37-13, GA37-125, GA37-150,
1613 8580 00 1)
1613 8579 00 GA37-175,GA45-13 , GA45-175
2)
1070 1 Hose clip
0347 6115 00 1)
0347 6116 00 2)
1080 1613 5330 00 1 Listing mark (C,U)
2930 1273 01 23
Pans list
15
3025
3020
3135 *
60411_09
24 2930 1273 01
Parts list JtUasCopco
Regulating system - Standard Pack 15
1010 1089 0428 21 1 Solenoid valve 3015 1613 8377 80 Joint set
1011 0663 2104 83 • 2 0-ring 1613 8377 00 • Joint
1015 1 Thermostat 3020 0147 1960 44 Hexagon bolt
1619 7596 00 13bar(e), 175psig 3025 0301 2335 00 Washer
1619 7333 00 Others 3035 0147 1379 03 Hexagon bolt
1020 1 Press.switch 3040 1613 8451 02 Antivibration paper
1089 0397 45 13bar(e) 3045 1613 8452 00 Washer
1089 0397 46 7.5bar(e), lObar(e) 3050 0301 2344 00 Washer
1025 1613 6897 02 1 Cable 3055 0291 n i l 00 Locknut
1035 1089 9202 12 1 Hourmeter 3071 1619 2765 00 Screw
1055 0147 1327 03 2 Hexagon bolt 3075 0301 2335 00 Washer
1060 0301 2335 00 2 Washer 3085 1613 8392 80 Baffle assembly
1065 1 Hose 3090 1079 1472 05 Bolt
1613 8580 00 1) 3095 1615 7264 00 Pressure gauge .
1613 8579 00 2) 3100 0584 9904 00 Sleeve
1070 1 Hose clip 3105 0070 6002 04 AR Plastic tube
0347 6115 00 1) 3110 0581 1200 34 Coupling
0347 6116 00 2) 3115 0605 8505 04 Reduction
1 Airfilter assembly 3116 0581 1228 04 Elbow
1613 7400 81 1) 3120 0070 6002 05 AR Plastic tube
1613 7398 80 2) 3125 0581 0000 73 Pipe coupling
2010 • 1 Support 3130 1089 0376 47 Temp.switch
1614 740100 1) 3135 0661 1000 27 Seal washer
1613 7399 00 2) 3140 0605 8995 02 Bushing
2015 • 1 Air filter 3145 0661 1000 26 Seal washer
1613 7400 00 1)
1613 7398 00 2) 1) GA37-7.5, GA37-8, GA37-100, GA45-7.5, GA45-8,
2020 • 1 Element GA45-10, GA45-100, GA45-125, GA45-150
1613 7408 00 1) 2) GA30, GA37-10, GA37-13, GA37-125, GA37-150,
1613 7407 00 2) GA37-175,GA45- 13, GA45-175
3010 1613 8429 00 1 Pipe
2930 1273 01 25
juiosvopco Parts list
60430_I0
26 2930 1273 01
lârts list JiuasLopcc
Bodywork 16
1010 1613 8362 00 1 Frame 1160 1613 8390 80 2 Baffle assembly

1015 1613 8363 00 2 Beam 1619 3843 00 • AR Seal self-adhesive
1025 1613 8353 80 2 Corner profile (3 X 10)
1035 1613 8354 80 2 Corner profile 1613 8011 01 • AR Seal self-adhesive
m 1045 1613 8386 00 1 Support (3 X 20)
I f 1055 1613 8382 00 1 Support 1079 9901 18 • 1 Label
1065 1613 8381 80 1 Cubicle assembly 1170 1 Baffle
1202 6584 00 • AR Seal 1613 8391 00 GA
1619 3843 00 • AR Seal self-adhesive 1613 8598 00 GAW
1075 1613 8387 00 1 Support 1180 1503 2467 00 AR Seal cord
J | 1084 1 Support 1205 1 Plate
•*f 1613 8597 00 GAW Pack + Full feature 1613 8508 00 GA Pack + Full feature.
1090 1613 8522 80 1 Roof assembly 1) GA W Pack + Full feature
1110 1613 8514 80 1 Panel assembly 1) 1230 1503 0786 00 2 Rotation arrow GA
0690 1125 01 • 1 House mark 1235 1 Label
1115 1613 8513 80 1 Panel assembly 1) 1079 9915 99 GA Pack + Full feature.
1120 1 Panel assembly 1) GA W Pack + Full feature
1613 8519 80 GA Pack + Full feature. 1240 1079 9913 69 1 Label GA W
GAW Pack + Full feature 1245 1079 9913 79 1 Label GA W
1613 8484 01 • 1 Hinge 2010 1 Decal
1613 8486 0 0 * 1 Lock 1613 9027 09 GA30 Pack,
1613 8552 80 GA Standard Pack GA30 Standard Pack
1125 1 Inlet assembly 1) 1613 9027 10 GA37 Pack,
1613 8384 80 GA Pack + Full feature, GA37 Standard Pack
GAW Pack + Full feature 1613 9027 11 GA45 Pack,
1613 8574 80 GA Standard Pack GA45 Standard Pack
1140 1 Cubicle door assembly 1) 1613 9027 12 GA30 Full Feature
1613 8518 80 GA Pack + Full feature, 1613 9027 13 GA37 Full Feature
GAW Pack + Full feature 1613 9027 14 GA45 Full Feature
1613 8484 01 • Hinge 2015 1 Data plate
1619 7705 00 • Lock 1613 7394 00 50Hz
•t 1613 9028 00 .
1613 8575 80
1613 8484 01 •
Decal
GA Standard Pack
Hinge
1614 5933 00
2016 0129 3103 00 4
60Hz
Rivet
1619 7705 00 « Lock AR Bolt

1613 8576 00 « Decal 1619 5337 01 M8x30
i ^ 1145 1613 8515 81 2 Door assembly 1619 2766 00 M8 X 20 paint stripping
1613 8520 00 • Foam 1079 1472 05 M8 X 20 bolt + washer
1616 8484 0 2 . Hinge 0147 1205 03 M5x 12
1613 8485 00 » Lock AR Tapping screw
1613 8559 00" Plug 0226 0300 46 M6x 16
1150 1613 8515 82 Door assembly 0226 3343 59 ST3.5 X 9.5
1613 8520 00" Foam AR Cap screw
1616 8484 01 < Hinge 0211 1325 03 M8 X 25
1613 8485 00 < Lock AR Washer
1613 8559 00 < Plug 0301 2318 00 05.3
1155 1613 8516 80 Door assembly
1613 8520 00 < Foam
1616 8484 02 < Hinge 1) ^\nt& with / Bekleed met / Bekladd med /
1613 8485 00 < Lock Ausgekleidet mit / Garni de / Revestido de /
0690 1125 01 House mark Allineato con / Foret med / Revestido com / Kledd med /
1156 1613 8517 80 Door assembly Vuorattu
1613 8520 00 Foam Foam: 1079 0003 31 (AR) 25 x 2000 x 1500
1616 8484 01 Hinge 1079 0003 32 (AR) 30 x 2000 x 1500
1613 8485 00 Lock 1079 0003 33 (AR) 50 x 2000 x 1500
1079 0003 27 (AR) 20 x 2000 x 1500
2930 1273 01 27
^ LL*4AiHjUf*V*J Paris list
17 Modulating control (optional)
-2110
r
2045—-{p-
2095 2050-
2050^^
2090—Lb- - P ^ &
1085 n \
2055—-fP \,
2140 2150
2115 -—2030
2060- 2065
-^- 2070
2120—r ^ _ 2160
-2125
2075
igi-—2130
= 2131
1170
60465_20
1085
1613 6968 05
1613 6968 06
Nozzle
1
01.4
01.5
2070
2075
2080
0575 0402 11
1079 5840 26
1613 7367 00
1
1
1
Hose assembly
Hexagon nipple
Connection
f
1145 1 Solenoid valve 2090 0581 1200 26 1 Elbow coupling
1089 0392 25 220V/50HZ 2095 0070 6002 05 AR Plastic tube
1089 0392 26 220V/60HZ 2100 0581 2000 27 1 Pipe coupling
1089 0392 27 115V/60HZ (C, U) 2105 0653 1046 00 1 Flat gasket
1170 1 Cable 2110 0070 6002 05 AR Plastic tube
1613 7381 00 (C,U) 2115 05812000 27 1 Pipe coupling
1613 7380 00 Others 2120 0653 1046 00 1 Flat gasket
2020 1613 7366 00 1 Support 2125 0070 6002 05 AR Plastic tube
2025 1619 5337 01 2 Bolt 2130 05810000 35 I Coupling
2030 1615 7264 00 1 Pressure gauge 2131 0661 1000 25 1 Seal washer
2035 0584 9904 00 1 Sleeve 2135 0564 0000 24 1 Tee
2040 0070 6002 04 AR Plastic tube 2136 0603 4102 03 1 Hexagon nipple
2045 0581 1200 16 1 Elbow coupling 2140 1503 2564 01 1 Nipple
2050 0560 4400 85 1 Cross 2150 1079 5840 25 1 Hexagon nipple
2055 1503 2564 10 1 Nipple 2155 0575 0791 27 1 Hose assembly
2060 1613 6961 00 1 Regulator 2160 1079 5840 25 1 Hexagon nipple
2065 1079 5840 26 1 Hexagon nipple
28 2930 1273 01
iârts lisi jtuasLopco
Air dryer connections (optional) 18
2025
2020
60442_17
W Ref. Part number Qty Name Remarks Ref. Part number Qty Name Remarks
Trafo assy 2030 1613 8377 80 2 Joint set

1005 Transformer 1613 8377 00' 1 Joint
1089 9437 07 ID90 (C,U) 2035 0147 1960 44 4 Hexagon bolt
1089 9437 08 ID 110 (C.U) 2040 0301 2335 00
1089 9437 04 (C,U) 2045 1613 8375 00 4 Washer
ID150 1 Pipe
1015 < « > » 2050 0147 1962 69
Dryer 2055 1613 845102 1 Hexagon bolt
1020
1089 9415 15 Contactor (CU) 2060 1613 8452 00 1 Antivibration paper
1089 9415 16 ID90 (C,U) 2065 0301 2344 00 1 Washer
1089 9415 25 IDllO (CU) 2070 0291 nil 00 1 Washer
1089 9415 12 ID 150 2075 05510002 02 1 Locknut
1089 9415 13 1D90 2080 1613 8383 80 1 Pipe
1089 9415 22 IDllO 2085 1079 1472 05
2090 1619 2766 00 1 Baffle assembly
2010 1613 8372 00 ID150 5 Bolt
2015 0663 7136 00 2095 0581 0000 55
Pipe 2100 0581 0000 43 4 Bolt
2020 0147 1364 03
2025 0301 2344 00 O-ring 2105 05810000 33 1 Pipe coupling
Hexagon bolt 2110 0653 1046 00 1 Coupling
Washer 2115 1619 7336 00 1 Coupling
1 Flat gasket
1 Cock
2930 1273 01 29
•^ t.*«<Ai> \>ijfn^€j
Parts list
19
5080
5070
3050 "5090
3020
7090
7014 WITHOUT
OPTIONAL PD-00 FILTER
60466_I7
30 2930 1273 01
Pans list JUiasvopco
Air dryer (optional) 19
Ref. Part number Qty Name Remarks Ref. Part number Q>ty Name Remarks
1 Dryer kit 6020 1 Insulation bottom
8092 2431 07 Id90 230V/50HZ 1617 1873 00 Id90 230V/50HZ
8092 2431 15 Id90 200V/50HZ 1617 1710 00 IdllO
8092 2431 23 ld90 230V/60HZ (C, U) 1617 1958 00 Id 150
8092 2431 31 Idll0 230V/50Hz 6030 1 Insulation top
8092 2431 49 ldll0 200V/50Hz 1617 1872 00 ld90 230V/50HZ
8092 2431 56 ldll0 230V/60Hz (C, U) 1617 1709 00 IdllO
8092 2430 72 Id 150 230V/50HZ 1617 1957 00 Id 150
8092 2430 81 Id 150 200V/50HZ 6040 1617 1839 00 1 Filling block
8092 2430 99 Id 150 230V/60HZ (C, U) 7010 1L Refrigerant compressor
1010 1617 1524 02 1 Hot gas bypass 1617 1494 08 Id90 230V/50HZ
1020 1617 1765 00 1 Liq. separator 1617 1494 10 IdllO 230V/50HZ
1050 1619 5563 02 1 Schraderventiel 1617 1494 13 IdllO 200V/50HZ
1070 1619 5563 02 1 Schraderventiel 1617 1494 11 IdllO 230V/60HZ
2010 0653 1062 00 1 Flat gasket 1617 1827 01 Id 150 230V/50HZ
2020 0661 1020 00 1 Sealing washer 1617 1827 02 Idl50 230V/60HZ
2030 05810000 35 2 Drain connection 7011 • ][ Capacitor
2040 0070 6002 05 AR Hose 1617 1549 10 Id90 230V/50HZ,
2050 0070 6002 05 AR Hose IdllO 230V/60HZ,
2060 1088 0801 40 1 Grommet Idl50 230V/50HZ
3010 1617 1694 00 1 Frame 1617 1549 07 IdllO 230V/50HZ,
3020 1617 1703 00 1 Support right IdllO 200V/50HZ
3050 1617 1704 00 1 Support left 1617 1549 12 Idl50 230V/60Hz
3080 1617 1705 00 1 Plate 7012 • • 1
] Run capacitor
4010 1 Capillary ass'y 1617 1874 02 Id90 230V/50HZ
1617 1828 81 Id90 1617 1874 03 IdllO 230V/50HZ,
1617 1828 82 IdllO IdllO 200V/50HZ,
1617 1828 83 Idl50 IdllO 230V/60HZ,
4100 1 Condenser Id 150 230V/60HZ
1617 1700 00 Id90, IdllO 1617 1874 04 Idl50 230V/50HZ
1617 1838 00 Id 150 7013 • 1 Start relay
4130 1 Filter-dryer 1617 1551 19 Id90 230V/50HZ
1617 1322 03 Id90, IdllO 1617 155121 Idll0 230V/50Hz
1617 1322 04 Id 150 1617 155122 IdllO 200V/50HZ
5010 1 Heat exchanger 1617 1551 20 IdllO 230V/60HZ
1617 1696 00 Id90 230V/50HZ 1617 1551 23 Idl50 230V/50HZ
1617 1695 00 IdllO 1617 1551 24 Idl50 230V/60Hz
1617 1945 00 Idl50 7014 1617 1530 80 • 1 Anti-vibration set
5020 1 Waterseparator 7015 • 1 Overlaod protector
1617 2000 00 Id90, IdllO 1617 1550 21 Id90 230V/50HZ
1617 2093 00 Idl50 1617 1550 23 IdllO 230V/50HZ,
0663 6147 00 • 1 O-ring IdllO 200V/50HZ
2900 1017 00 • 1 Drain valve kit 1617 1550 22 IdllO 230V/60HZ
5030 0663 7136 00 2 O-ring 7040 1 Electrical box
5060 1089 0574 03 1 Temp, sensor 1617 1248 00 Id90. IdllO
5070 0348 0101 13 1 Cable tie 1617 2028 00 Idl50
5080 1 Press, sensor 7090 1 Fan ass'y
1089 0575 11 Id90 230V/50HZ 1617 1987 80 Id90 230V/50Hz, IdllO
1089 0575 41 IdllO, Idl50 230V/50HZ, IdllO 230V/
5090 0348 0101 13 1 Cable tie 60Hz, Idl50
5180 1617 0745 00 1 Data plate 1617 2015 80 IdllO 200V/50HZ
5190 0129 3103 00 4 Blind rivet • 1 Motor
1 Box ass'y 1617 1989 00 • 1 Grating
1603 1698 80 Id90 230V/50HZ 1617 1994 00 • 1 Fan
1603 1698 81 IdllO 7150 1 High pressure switch
1603 1698 82 Id 150 1619 5703 00 Id90
6010 1617 1698 00 I Box heat exchanger 1089 9214 40 IdllO, Idl50
7170 1089 9214 35 1 Fan pressure switch
7190 1088 1001 01 1 Warning mark
2930 1273 01 31
yvu4Aa>\AJfK;o Parts list
20
1125 *!6a,
1035 — %
1040
2020
CCW^ ^ \ 1085
\ 1075
1165
60457_15
32 2930 1273 01
Parts list /tOasCopco
Heat recovery system (optional) 20
1021 1079 9911 57 1 Label 1150 1619 2841 00 2 Thermometer

1025 1619 2766 00 4 Bolt 1155 1079 5840 22 Nipple
1030 1613 7634 00 1 Heat exchanger 1160 0661 1000 30 Seal washer
1035 0147 1344 03 4 Hexagon bolt 1165 1613 7062 00 Pipe
1040 0301 2335 00 4 Washer 1170 0663 3129 00 O-ring
1045 1613 7061 00 1 Bracket 1175 0147 1325 03 2 Hexagon bolt
1050 1619 2766 00 2 Bolt 1180 1079 5840 22 Nipple
1055 1202 752100 1 Housing 1185 0661 1000 30 Seal washer
1060 0147 1321 03 2 Hexagon bolt 1190 1613 7063 00 Pipe
1065 0301 2335 00 2 Washer 1195 0663 312900 O-ring
1070 1614 6118 00 1 Flange 1200 0147 1325 03 2 Hexagon bolt
1075 0663 2101 95 1 0-ring 1205 1613 7065 01 Hose assembly
1080 0147 1246 03 2 Hexagon bolt 1210 1613 7065 02 Hose assembly
1085 0301 2321 00 2 Washer 1215 0663 3129 00 2 O-ring
1090 1619 7333 00 1 Thermostat 1220 0147 1327 03 4 Hexagon bolt
1100 1202 7522 00 1 4-Way valve 1225 0266 2110 00 4 Nut
2901 0100 00 1 4-way valve kit 1230 1 Thermostatic valve
0663 2106 02 • 1 O-ring 1613 7064 01 60-75°C
0663 2106 03 • 1 0-ring 1619 7596 00 65-85°C
1105 0663 2102 64 2 O-ring 1619 7595 00 70-85°C
1110 0147 1325 03 4 Hexagon bolt 1619 7493 00 75-95°C
1115 1202 7689 00 1 Handle 1619 7614 00 80-95°C
1120 1202 7683 00 2 Label 1255 1079 9913 69 Information label
1125 0147 1321 03 1 Hexagon bolt 1260 1079 9913 79 Information label
1130 0301 2335 00 1 Washer 1265 0686 3716 01 Hexagon plug
1135 0551 0001 60 2 Pipe 1270 0653 1062 00 Flat gasket
1140 0564 0000 29 2 Tee 1613 7636 80 Support assembly
1145 0605 8700 51 2 Bushing 2020 1613 7636 00 • Support
1146 0661 1000 30 2 Seal washer 2025 1202 7682 00 • Label
2930 1273 01 33
Parts list
21
-•>X
2085-
2080-
2185
2095 1170
60458 07
34 2930 1273 01
târis list /UlasVopco
Drain system. Electronic condensate drain (Optional) 21
I
1170 0584 0080 10 Cutting ring 08 2080 1 Pipe coupling

2020 1613 8675 00 Support 0581 0000 45 Pack
2025 1619 2766 00 2 Bolt 0581 1200 27 Full Feature
2030 1613 8341 01 Bekomat 13 2085 0661 1000 25 2 Seal washer
2035 0605 8814 06 Bushing 2090 1613 8084 00 1 Pipe coupling
2040 0581 1200 27 Pipe coupling 2095 0070 6002 05 AR Plastic tube
2045 1613 7720 09 Pipe 2100 05810000 35 I Coupling
2050 0581 0000 37 Pipe coupling 2105 0661 1000 25 2 Seal washer
2055 0661 1000 27 Seal washer 2110 0852 0010 11 1 Ball valve
2060 1619 6153 04 Ball valve 2115 0581 0028 01 1 Pipe coupling
2065 0661 1000 27 Seal washer 2120 1613 8108 01 1 Pipe
2070 0581 0000 53 Straight pipe coupling 2125 0581 1228 04 1 Elbow
2075 0070 6002 06 AR Plastic tube 2130 0605 8814 06 1 Bushing
2135 0607 3000 13 1 Reducer
2140 0581 1200 23 1 Elbow coupling:
2930 1273 01 35
JLUAlOikAJptXJ Parts list
22
6075 6070
6050
6055
2030-
esikiîS^H^
1055
i 1050 1045 5055

1025
2025
1080 1075 ^
1085 3020-
3065
•
^ % -3025
-3030
3060
3035- t
60460_07
36 2930 1273 01
târts list Muascopco
Drain system OSD (Optional) 22
1020 1613 8109 00 1 Support 3060 0653 0500 02 •• Gasket

1025 1619 2766 00 2 Bolt 3065 1613 7378 00 •• Strainer
1035 0147 1322 03 3 Hexagon bolt 3070 1079 9913 69 •• Inform.label
1040 0301 2335 00 3 Washer 3075 1079 9912 07 •• Decal
1045 1613 7300 00 1 Oil can 3080 1079 9912 28 •• Decal
1050 1613 7327 00 1 Support 1613 7865 80 Filter assembly
1055 1619 2766 00 1 Bolt 4020 1613 7864 00 • Filter element
1075 0581 1200 37 2 Pipe coupling 4025 1613 7865 00 • Filter housing
1080 0070 6002 05 AR Plastic tube 4030 0663 2104 06 • 0-ring
1085 0226 0326 00 4 Tapping screw 5030 1079 9912 11 Decal
1613 7301 81 1 OSD assembly 5055 1613 7384 00 Data plate
2025 1613 7945 0 0 * 1 Plug 6020 1615 7264 00 Pressure gauge
2030 1079 9909 07 • 1 Label 6021 0584 9904 00 Sleeve
1613 7301 80 • 1 OSD assembly 6025 0070 6002 04 AR Plastic tube
3020 1613 7301 00 •• 1 Oil-water separator 6030 0581 2024 32 Coupling
3025 0661 1054 00 •• 1 Tredo washer 6031 0653 0500 47 Gasket
3030 1613 7297 00 •• 1 Valve 6050 1613 7985 00 Nipple
3035 1613 7277 00 •• 1 Oilfilter 6055 0070 6002 14 AR Plastic tube
3040 1613 7299 00 •• 1 Filter 6060 1613 7985 00 Nipple
3045 1613 7298 00 •• 1 Cover 6065 0070 6002 14 AR Plastic tube
3050 0653 9098 00 •• 1 Flat gasket 6070 1613 7342 00 Elbow coupling
3055 0686 3716 02 •• 1 Hexagon plug 6075 1613 7341 00 Pipe coupling
2930 1273 01 37
Parts list
23 Service kits
2901 0045 01 1 Oil barrel 2901 0219 00 1 Water separator kit
ROTO-INJECTFLUID 0301 2344 00 • 4 Washer
209 1 0661 1000 24 • 1 Seal washer
0661 1000 25 • 2 Seal washer
2901 0068 00 1 Thermostatic valve kit 0663 7136 GO • 3 O-ring
7.5-10 bar(e), 100-150 psig 2900 1017 00 • 1 Drain valve kit
0663 2101 95 • 1 O-ring
1619 7333 00 • 1 Thermostat 2901 0245 01 1 - Oil barrel
ROTO-INJECTFLUID
29010069 00 1 Thermostatic valve kit 5 1 <%
13 bar(e), 175 psig • *» ' ' •*-•*..
0663 2101 95 • 1 O-ring 2901 0246 00 1 -Cooler kit

1619 7596 00 • 1 Thermostat 0661 1000 27 • 1 Seal washer
0661 1000 29 • 4 Seal washer
2901 0211 00 1 Unloader valve kit 0663 7134 0 0 * 1 O-ring
0261 1090 67 • 1 Nut 0663 7135 0 0 - 4 O-ring
0301 2335 00 • 4 Washer 0663 7136 0 0 - 2 O-ring
0335 2136 00 • 1 Circlip 0663 7138 0 0 - 1 O-ring
0653 0500 02 • 1 Gasket 1614 6256 0 0 - 4 O-ring
0653 1062 00 • 1 Flat gasket 1614 6257 00 - 1 Ring
0653 1100 0 0 * 4 Flat gasket 1614 6258 00 - 1 Division rib
0657 5742 00 • 1 Flat gasket 1614 6259 00 - 1 Rib joint
0661 1000 32 • 1 Seal washer
0663 2104 83 • 2 O-ring 2901 0325 00 1 Filter kit
0663 3122 0 0 * 1 O-ring GA30, GA37-10, GA37-13,
0663 7132 00 • 1 O-ring GA37-125, GA37-150,
0663 7144 00 • 1 O-ring GA37-175, GA45-13,
0663 7150 00 • 1 O-ring GA45-175
0663 9870 00 • 1 O-ring 0653 1062 00 - 1 Flat gasket
1079 9903 82 • 1 Warning label 0661 1000 25 - 1 Seal washer
1079 9903 83 • 1 Warning label 0661 1000 26 - 1 Seal washer
1513 0011 00 • 1 Spring 0661 1000 27 - 2 Seal washer
1613 6783 00 • 1 Piston 0663 2102 15 - 1 O-ring
1613 6816 00 • 1 Lipseal 1613 6105 00 - 1 Oil filter
1613 6818 01 • 1 Valve 1613 7407 0 0 - 1 Air filter element
1613 8068 01 • 1 Spring
1619 5819 00 • 1 Sintered disk 2901 0326 00 1 Filter kit
GA37-7.5, GA37-8, GA37-
2901 0217 00 1 Oil stop valve kit 100, GA45-7.5, GA45-8,
0661 1000 27 • 1 Seal washer GA45-10, GA45-100,
0661 1000 30 • 2 Seal washer GA45-125, GA45-150
0661 1000 29 • 1 Seal washer 0661 1000 25 - 1 Seal washer
0663 2101 97 • 2 O-ring 0661 1000 26 - 1 Seal washer
0663 3120 0 0 * 1 O-ring 0663 2102 15 - 1 O-ring
0663 7135 00 • 1 O-ring 1613 6105 00 - 1 Oil filter
1613 2357 00 • 1. Spring 1613 7408 00 - 1 Air filter element
2901 0218 00 1 Minimum pressure valve kit 2901 0503 00 1 Check valve kit
0301 2344 00 • 4 Washer 0661 1000 26 - 1 Seal washer "
0335 3111 00 • 1 Circlip 0663 2107 77 - 1 O-ring
0663 3133 0 0 - 1 O-ring 0663 7136 00 - 2 O-ring
0663 7134 0 0 . 1 O-ring 0663 7138 0 0 - 1 O-ring
0663 7136 00 • 3 O-ring 1202 6139 00 - 1 Valve
0663 7138 00 • 2 O-ring 1613 5165 0 0 - 1 Spring
1612 4048 00 • 1 Spring
1612 4049 00 • 1 Spring 2901 0522 00 1 Oil can
1613 3223 01 • 1 Washer ROTO-INJECTFLUID
1614 4662 00 • 2 Piston ring 201
38 2930 1273 01
rails iisi kujpco
Service kits 23
ef. Part number Qty Name Remarks Flef. Part number Qty Name Remarks
2901 0566 00 1 Oil separator kit 2901 0570 00 1 Element mounting kit
0653 1062 00 • 4 Flat gasket Gearbox drive
0653 1100 0 0 . 2 Flat gasket 0147 1409 03 • Hexagon bolt
0663 7134 0 0 * 1 0-ring 0335 2169 00 « Int.circlip
0663 7138 00 • 1 0-ring 0337 0009 35 « Parallel key
0663 7168 00 • 2 0-ring 0337 6068 00 « Parallel key
1613 8377 00 • 1 Joint 0504 0200 13 « Bearing
1613 8397 00 • 1 Oil separator element 0508 1100 50 « Roller bearing
1613 845101 • 1 Antivibration paper 0653 1062 00 «> 2 Flat gasket
0653 1100 00 «> 2 Flat gasket
2901 0567 00 1 Preventive maintenance kit 0661 1000 29 « Seal washer
GA30, GA37-10, GA37-13, 0663 2103 22 < O-ring
GA37-125, GA37-150, 0663 2107 77 « 0-ring
GA37-175, GA45-13, 0663 2109 30 < 0-ring
GA45-175 0663 3120 0 0 ' O-ring
2901 0211 00 • 1 Unloading valve kit 0663 7135 00 . O-ring
2901 0217 00 • 1 Oil stop valve kit 0663 7136 00 < O-ring
2901 0218 00 • 1 Minimum pressure valve 0663 7138 00 < O-ring
kit 0663 7150 00 < O-ring
2901 0219 00 • 1 Water separator kit 1613 6885 0 0 ' Coupling element
2901 0325 00 • 1 Filter kit 1613 8377 00 <• 2 Joint
2901 0503 00 • 1 Check valve kit 1613 8451 01 . 2 Antivibration paper
2901 0566 00 • 1 Oil separator kit 2904 006100 . 1 Lipseal kit GBD
2901 0568 00 1 Preventive maintenance
kit
GA37-7.5, GA37-8, GA37-
100, GA45-7.5, GA45-8,
GA45-10, GA45.100,
GA45-125, GA45-150
2901 0211 00 • 1 Unloading valve kit
2901 0217 00 • 1 Oil stop valve kit
2901 0218 00 • 1 Minimum pressure valve
kit
2901 0219 00 • 1 Water separator kit
#
2901 0326 00 • 1 Filter kit
2901 0503 00 • 1 Check valve kit
2901 0566 00 • 1 Oil separator kit
2901 0569 00 Element mounting kit
Direct drive GA30-7.5
0337 6068 00 • 1 Parallel key
0653 1062 0 0 * 2 Flat gasket
0653 1100 00 • 2 Flat gasket
0661 1000 29 • 1 Seal washer
0663 2107 77 • 1 O-ring
0663 3120 00 • 1 O-ring
0663 7135 0 0 * 1 O-ring
0663 7136 0 0 * 1 O-ring
0663 7138 0 0 - 1 O-ring
0663 7150 0 0 * 1 O-ring
1613 6885 0 0 * 1 Coupling element
1613 8377 0 0 * 2 Joint
1613 8 4 5 1 0 1 * 2 Antivibration paper
2930 1273 01 39
tfCi lt.eUIMIIM(i
(no) BRUGSANVISNIIMG
1 BESTILLING AV DELER
1 BESTILLING A F DELE
Oppgi alltiddelcnummcrcl. bctagnclscn pu og mcngdcn av de aktuellc dclcnc saml maskiniypc
Opgiv altid rcscrvcdclsnummcr. betegnelse og dct anlal dcr enskcs, samt maskinen.
og maskincns scricnummcr.
lypebetegnclse o g sencnummcr.
2 FORKLARING T I L KOLONNENE
2 F O R K L A R I N G TIL SPALTER
gef. - Referaflscnunimer
Rcf. - Refcrenccnummcr.
Knylteren del i listen lil tegningen. Delerutcn refcranscnummcr vises ikke pa legningen.
Henviser til en del i fottegnclse og pa tegning. Dele uden refetrncenr. vises ikke pS tegningen
Part No. - Delenummer
Part No. - Nummer p i del.
Hvis del ikke er angitt et delenummer. kan delen ikke bestilles som en separai rcservedel.
Hvis nummer p i del ikke er opgivet, fSs dclcn ikke som rcservedel. En del. hvor nr. cftcrfBlge:
En del med et nununcr som etterf0lges av en svart prikk, inngar i enhcicn like ovenfor som cr
af en s o n prik indgir i den cnhcd dcr er anfon med fed skhft ligc ovenovcr.
oppf0rt med halvfet skhft.
B e m s r k ; I alle spalter er enheder angivet med feil skrift.
Merk: Enheter s t ^ oppftfrt m e d halvfet skrift i alle kolonner.
" « o » " henviser til en andcn fonegnelsc.
" « o » " henviser til en annen liste.
N5r delnummetet/numrene pS en eller flere speciflkke dele er anf0n under rcfercnce/belegnelsi
Nar delenummeret til en eller flere besiemte deleter plassert under rcferanse/betegnelseslinjen.
linien. skal dcr v a l g e s i.h.t. maskinens type/model.
ma man velge riktig del i forhold til maskintypeZ-modell.
Q t y - Anul.
Qly
Angivcr anlal dele dcr indgir i refcrenccnumnieret." AR" bctyder "as required" = som krxves
Angir hvor mange dcler som er forbundet med referansenummeret. "AR" stir for "As required"
omfang eller antal skal bcstemmcs.
= "etter behov", dvs. at bulkmateriale eller mengde ma spesifiseres.
N a m e : Oversicttelsc af dc engelske navne for dclenc findes i tryksag nr. 2 9 3 0 1214 00.
Name: Betegnelse
Remarks
Oversettelsene av de engelske delebetegnelsene finnes i trykksak nr. 2 9 3 0 1214 0 0 .
Dele der indgar i Service Kits betegnes med K l . K2....
Remarks - Anmerkninger
Dele til el Service Kit kan findes fordelt p i flere sidcr.
Deler s o m hetet til vedlikeholdsseit er angitt med K l , >C2...
Et bogsiav kan rcfererc til, at en del er blevet certificcret i.h.t. de forskrifter cller rcglcr, son
Delcr i et vedlikeholdsseit kan vxre fordelt pa flere lister.
er opstillet af dct godkendcndc sclskab;. hvis et bogstav star i parcntes cr sclve dclcn ikkt
En bokslav kan tilkjenncgi at delen er seitifisert i hcnhold til de oppfenc kodenc cller
klassificerei men skal bruges pa enheder, der er godkendt af del godkendcndc sclskab. Ma
rcgclvcrkct til dct autoriscne organet som cr ajigitt. Hvis bokstavcn star i hakcparcntcs. cr
cr opgivcl i milimeter.
ikkc sclvc dclcn sertifiscrt, men den ma brukes p5 enhctcr som cr scrtifisen av del autoriscne
3 G O D K E N D E N D E S E L S K A B E R : S e ovenstiende engelske tcksl.
o r c ^ c t . MSI er angitt i millimeter
3 B G ? 0 R I S E R T E O R G A N E R : Se tckstcn ovenfor.
OAHTIEZ X F H Z H Z dD INSTRUgOES DE ULTILIZAQAO

1 E N C O M E N D A DE P E ^ A S
@
1 nAPAITBAIA ANTAAAAZTIKQN
Refcrir scmpre o numcro de peâ, o nomc e a quantidadc das peâs pretendidas. bcm como
Naûna^cpcTC n a v t a xov apt6^6 avxaJXaxx\xo6^ trff laptypa^ r a i TTTV noo6Tr\ta TUV
c^BSfturcuccJyv nou (Trrdti: caQoit; r a t xov Tuno r a t TOV api6^6 actpd^ tou finxaviâTCK:. o tipo c numcro dc scne da rniquina.
l^^PSSHTHZH TON XTHAON 2 E X P L I C A C A O DAS C O L U N A S
R«f.- Apt6|io< avatfopa^ (napaxouKÔ Ref. - Numcro de rcfcrcncia
£uoxcTi(ci cya. avraJOuucructS oc cva KaToXoyo n oxcfitdYpofipci- AviaXXamKd Identifica uma peâ numa lista c dcscnho. As pe9as scm numcro dc referenda nao sac
X<iipt<; api6^<S avaôpd^ 5cv 9aivovTat ozo oxcSidfpafifia. indicadas no desenho.
pArt N o . - A p t 8 | i 6 < a w a X X a K - n x o u Part. No. - Numcro dc peâ
Av £cv 6iScTat apiB^6<; a v r a X X a m c o u , atrctS TO c^dfmpa 5ev nopafitScrai oav S e nao for indicado o numcro de peâ, nao 6 possivel obter a pc9a c m causa como
avToXXacTucd. Eva avraJULnrcigd TOU onoi'ou o apt6^6( aico>-ou6ciTai and pia sobrcssalente. Uma pcâ cujo numcro 6 seguido de um ponto prcto csta incluida no conjunto
paupii TcXcta ct'vat TÎVQ "ÔO cvrova xun^v^vou ouvdXou a^txix; an6 ndvo}. jmpresso a chcio imediatamente per cima.
Zimcicaaii: E v a o v v o X o TUKCDvcrat c v r o v a <n oXc^ TI^ O T ^ X < ^ N o t a : U m conjunto aparece impresso a cheio e m todas a s colunas.
• < « > » " napanC|i7ici oro vo oufiôuXcuittTc ttia 6XXr\ Xiota 6 t a v o opiS^d;
* * < « > » " remele para a consulta de outra lista.
avtaXXajCTucou (-<av) akryKzicpi^voo câpTT%taTO<i (-w^) TonoGcxouvrai cdxaj and
TTi Ypofifxti avo4)opd<;/ovdtjaTc<. np^Tici v a yivci cnOLoyii ^doct TOO TUHOO TOO pTixa\n>j*^ô<i- Quando o(s) numero(s) de uma pe9a(s) espcc)fica(s) e(sao) colocado(s) por baixo da linha
Qty - I I o o o n i Y a de rcferencia/nomc. c necessario cfcctuar uma opfao com base no tipo/vcrsao da maquina.
AfijMi TT7V mxxSTTTta TOV avToJULajTcucw' noo oxraôvrai ^£ TOV apiQ^6 avaipopdt^. "AR" Qty. - Quantidadc
orpai'vci "oTUix; anaiTciTat"; <SYKO^ UXUCOU T\ Jioo6rt|ta nfHK npoo6iopicv6v. Indica a quantidadc de pcfas relaclonadas com o numcro d e rcfcrcncia. "AR" significa
Nftin*: McTo^pdocu; TOJV ayfXucdyv ovo^dTOiv avtaXXatTijcajv pnopoiiv va 0pc6oijv OTO "consoante requcrido" : material avulso ou quantidadc a determinar.
IvnmoAp. 2930 1214 0 0 N a m e - Nome
riapa-rTipiôtti^ E possivel encontrar a u'aduâo dos nomes das peâs em ingles no catalogo
AvraXXaiCTird noo OVTTKOUV OC naiccia ovraXXacTUcojv ouvTiV^ricrT^t; ripooSiopiôvtai ox;
n" 2930 1214 00.
K U K 2 . ...
Remarks - Obscrvafocs
Ta avToXAajcTUd pia(; Cf>raX£U)6(Tn^ cvvrrpntny; K^ôpci v a KaTav^îovrat oc Siaôpcxuio;
XlOTC^. As peâs incluidas nos Kits dc Manutcnâo sacindicados por K l , K2...
Eva Y p d ^ a uno&cucvOci 6xx cva avraXXacricd ci'vat motOTioiTfxcvo oofjqxjva ^c TOO<; As pcâs de um Kit de Manuten9ao podcm estar distribuidas por vahas listas.
•^•'t^r^ fj TOU; Kavdvcc TUV côiMito6o-n)pivci>v opTavuv<av. Av cva -fpd4ifia ^t'oiccTat pxoa Uma Ictra pode indicar que uma peâ foi ccrdficada peia cntidade autorizada referida. de
oc itap^vBcoTi f[ oYKuXcc TO avtaJU-arrucd aurd 6cv cCvai TttoxoTtotT>icvo and acordo com os codigos ou normas mcncionados; se a letra estiver entre parentcscs, a peâ
côuoio&oTT^voui; opr*2vtaôoc•• 0» fiiaotdoEw; ct'vai oc xîo(TTd. c m questao nao se encontra certificada mas deve scr usada c m unidadcs ccrtificadas pela
3 H H O Y X I O A O T H M E N O I O P r A N E C M O I : Bkh<c a n X i r d ^c^xcvo dvtxj
^ . entidade autorizada. As dimensdes sao indicadas c m milimctros.
3 ENTIDADES A U T O R I Z A D A S : Vcr texto acima.
ISTRUZIONI PER L'USO

® KAYTTbOHJEET
®
«
I O R D I N E D l PARTI DI R I C A M B I O 1 OSIEN T I L A A M I N E N
arc sempre il numcro di catalogo, la dehominazione e la quantita dellc parti richieste, Mainitsc aina osan numcro, nimi ja tarvituvien osien miiara seka k(»ieen tyyppi ja sarjanumero.
: pure il tipo c il numcro di matricola dclla macchina. 2 SARAKKEIDEN SELITYKSET
lEGAZIONE DELLE COLONNE Rcf. - Viitcnumcro
Ref.: Numcro di rifcrimento Viittaa osaan luettelossa ja ptirustuksessa. Osat, joilla ci olc viitcnumeroa. civiit nay
Indica un panicolare ncH'cIenco dclle parti c net discgno. Lc parti senza numcro di piirvstuksessa.
rifcrimento non sono mostrate ne! discgno. Part No. - Osanumero
Part No.: Numcro di catalogo Jos osanumcroaei oleilmoitcttu, osaaei saa varaosana. Osa.jonkajaljessaon musta piste,
Se non vienc indicato il numcro di catalogo. il particolarc non puo esserc ottcnuto come sisaltyy lihavoituun osakokonaisuuteen.
ricambio. Un particolarc il cui numcro e seguito da un asterisco nero c comprcso ncl gruppo Huomaa: O s a k o k o n a i s u u s o n lihavottu kaikissasarakkeissa.
stampato in grassetib immcdiatamcntc sopra. " « o » * ' ohjaa kayttSmaan toista luettcloa.
Nota: U n gruppo e stampato in grassctto in tutte le colonne. Kun tieiyn osan (ai tiettyjen osien o$anumero{t) on merkitty viitc/nimirivin alle, on suoritcttava
" < « > » " indica di consultare un altro cicnco di parti di ricambio: valinta koncen tyypin/version perusteella.
Quando il numcro (i) di catalogo di una parte (i) spccifica e mcsso sotto la linea del Qty - Maarii
riferimento/denominazionc si dcvc fare una scelta in base al tipo/vcrsionc dclla macchina. Osoittaa viitcnumeroon liityvicn osien mSaran. "TM" tarkoittaa "taipccn mukaan": irtotavaraa
Qty: Quantita tai maara on sclvitettava.
Indica la quanuta di parti relative al numcro di rifenmento. "AR" significa "come Name: Englanninkiclistcn osanJmicn kaanndkset loytyvat painotuottecsta
richicsto": deve esserc fissato materialc alia rinfusa o quantita. nro 2930 1214 00.
Name: Nomc Remarks
Lc traduzioni dei nomi inglcsi dclle parti possono esserc irovatc nella pubblicozione Huoltosarjoihin kuuluvat osat on varustettu mcrkJnnoilla K I , K2..,
No. 2 9 3 0 1214 0 0 . Huoltosarjaan kuuluvat osat voivat olla moncsta lucttclosta.
Remarks - Osscrvazioni Kirjain voi osoittaa, etta mainitlu valtuutcttu elin on hyvaksynyt osan lucttelon
Lc parti compresc nei Service Kit sono indicate K l , K2, ccc. koodicn mukaiscsti; jos kirjain on suluissa. itse osaaei olc scrtifioitu muttasitiion
Le parti di un Service Kit possono esserc sparse in diverse liste. kaytctiava valtuutctun elimcn scrtirioimien yksikoiden yhteydessa.
Una Icttcra pud indicare un particolarc chc c stato ccrtificato, second© lc norme o i codici Miiat on annetiu millimetrcina.
clencuti, dalTcntc autorizzato di seguito indicato; sc una Icttcra e posta tra parcntesi, il 3 VALTUUTETUT E L I M E T : Katso englanninkiclincn tcksti edella.
particolarc stesso non c ccrtiHcato, ma deve esscre utilizzato suUe unita ceriificatc daH'cntc
autorizzato.
Lc dimension! sono in millimetri.
3 E N T E A U T O R I Z Z A T O : Vcdcrc il tcsto inglese in alto.
What s'ets Atlas Copco apart as a company is our
conviction that we can e nly excel in what we do if we
provide the best possible know how and technology to really
, -^Z ^ t help our customers produce, grow and succeed ^
' '''i'î- "'^'^ There'is a unique way'of achievinglth'at - we simply call i-,?.
fttJ^f
^> 'ft
•t' it's the commitment to our customers'Jbusiness^that \<
V'-
^'s ^2- dnves our effort towards increasing their productivity ^ -"^ ^'i"
. •; •*-Ji ft
00
u
Q
o
f \~
•f >

Im 7serviceaircompressorpdf PDF Free

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Im 7serviceaircompressorpdf PDF Free

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

/OlasCopco

Service Air Compressor

SEC. NO. SHIP DESIGN OFFICE SHIP TYPE

TEL. NO. SHIP NO. SHIP NAME

S. K. KIM NAME OF DRAWING

CHECKED J. 1. CHOI SERVICE AIR COMPRESSOR

DATE 2000.11.21 SCALE DRAWING NO.

z\ ULSAN SHIPYARD. KOREA IM-7

Service Air Compressor

Atlas Copco Air Power N.V.

DATE FOR USE FORM & NO. • LEGEND ABBREVIATION

Manufacturing & fabrication o

Delivery to purchaser's job site on trucl< o

- Air piping to connect from air

Electric cabling and wiring

- Main power 440V / 3Ph / 60Hz

Utility (electricity, cooling water)

Training for operators O ( If required )

Stationary compressors : GA 45W-125 psi / 60Hz Watercooled

Limitations for operations

Performance data compressor (1)

2.2.2. Specific Energy Requirement (2)

6. Recommended cooling water flow

Design data (1)

(1) Unless otherwise stated, at reference conditions

(2) Data Code Tolerance Code Tolerance

Technical data Connecting leads :

"N*: Hole for nipple, Designed, built, tested and certtfied

Type: 1 LA9 209-2BA.1 ^.,

Insulation class ; F Balanced with full key

Type Siemens 1LA9 209-2 # Voltage tolerance 10 %

COMPRESSOR: GA45 -100/125/150 - Pack

Sound Pressure level in band Place: FREE FIELD

NOISE ANALYSIS IN 1/1 - OCTAVE BANDS

31.5 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 dB(A)

Prime mover: Siemens

Stationary Oil Injected Screwcompressors

Distribution Author Approved by Approved by

4.1. Preparation on the production line

4.2. Line buffer

4.3. Compressor identification.

4.5. Manual preparation in test cell

5. /. Safety valve test

SiZ Minimum pressure valve teat (MPV)

5.2.3. Rejection limits

H Full I.oad test

5.3.3. Rejection Ijrpifs

5.4.3. Rejection limits

5.5. Test report

6.1. Product variants.

Spare Part List

No Part No. Description Q'ty Part list section/Ref.no

Elektronikon products 1999-02

Certificate for * Year 2000* compliance

Atlas Copco Airpower N.V.

Stationary compressor: GA45w-125-60/E HAV

Standard paint and finishing specifications for exteerior surfaces

1. Canopy and starter - regulator cubicle

REMARKS aU fys. And chem. Tests to be carried out 8 days

REMARKS aU fys. And chem. Tests to be carried out 8 days

Stationary compressors: GA30-45 1999-01

Com p. Partname Atlas Copco Manufacturer Specifications

doc - 9820 2826 00 ed. 00 2933 3870 00